Anime: The strongest Uchiha, the ninja world is in trouble!

Travel through Naruto and become Uchiha Kawasaki, awaken the god-level system, and you can get god-level rewards by completing tasks. You will become stronger rapidly, soar into the sky, and shock the ninja world!

Ding! Mission completed, reward: Eternal Mangekyō Sharingan

Ding! Mission completed, reward: Immortal Method True Thousand Hands Top Transformation Buddha

Ding! Mission completed, unlimited chakra buff reward, can be obtained repeatedly

……

Uchiha Madara: So strong! Kawasaki, this junior, suppressed me all by himself?!

Senju Hashirama: Uchiha has his successor, and I am no match for Kawasaki!

Akatsuki: If you meet Uchiha Kawasaki next time, run away quickly!

Otsutsuki clan: Damn it! This guy ruined our plan!

Uchiha Kawasaki smiled calmly: A guest is welcome, please accept this Susanoo Buddha move…

……

Later, I will travel through the worlds of Death, Primordial Spirit, Dragon Ball, and Saint Seiya, and the stories will continue to be exciting…

Anime: The strongest Uchiha, the ninja world is in trouble!
Chapter 1 Swimming with a Beauty, Newbie Gift Pack!
Kawasaki is a high school student in the 21st century.
I love life, love watching anime like Naruto and Bleach, and also love swimming with my girlfriend.
A few years ago, he made an appointment with his aunt, who was a few years older than him, to go swimming at the beach together.
Unexpectedly, they encountered a tsunami and disappeared.
When Kawasaki woke up, he found himself in this strange yet familiar Naruto world.
And he’s also a member of the Uchiha clan.
Since we are here, we must make the best of it. Kawasaki can only survive in this world.
Several years later, Kawasaki finally got a position as an acting elder.
“bite!!”
Kawasaki finally heard the clear and pleasant sound of the system as he wished.
【Ding! The God-level lottery system has been loaded. 】
[The initial mission is: Prevent Uchiha Shisui from being killed][Reward: Mangekyō Sharingan pupil power][The novice gift pack has been distributed, the host can check it at any time]Kawasaki hurried towards the tribe’s territory while examining the novice gift pack in his hand.
That’s all?!
This is too stingy!
Alas…even though I have a lot of complaints in my heart.
But being alive is the bottom line, and having something is better than having nothing.
Kawasaki quickly considered the current situation of the Uchiha family:
More than four years have passed since the Nine-Tailed Fox Rebellion.
Over the years, the village’s suspicion of the Uchiha has grown, and restrictions have been set everywhere, making it difficult for the tribe members to move forward.
The police department was particularly thankless, for the proud Uchiha clan members.
There are frequent frictions with others, and complaints are like snowflakes in winter, endless.
But this is not the worst. The most deadly one is Uchiha Shisui, the current strongest Uchiha.
It has been controlled by Konoha, and I’m afraid the eyes have also fallen into Danzo’s hands.
However, he did not consider the future of his family, and naively committed suicide in order to calm the storm.
He missed the great opportunity for the Uchiha to rise.
With his passive response, all the pressure finally fell on Itachi’s shoulders.
This forced Itachi’s thinking to go to extremes, and two years later, he would kill his own people.
In Uchiha Kawasaki’s eyes, the performance of the clan leader Fugaku was really unsatisfactory.
He was always passively influenced by the emotions of his tribesmen and had never made any wise decisions.
After all, under the layout of the second generation Tobirama, Uchiha, as the executor, had long developed deep resentment with other ninjas.
There is no hope for him to compete for the position of Hokage, and he will definitely not pass the vote of confidence.
All the time and energy invested in the struggle for power and profit has come to nothing.
After the Nine-Tails Rebellion, Konoha became more suspicious of the Uchiha than ever before.
Surveillance and suppression are common.
However, the proud Uchiha would never bow his head and obey.
Loyal tribesmen therefore travelled far and wide.
Now the conflict between Uchiha and Konoha is as irreconcilable as fire and water, and many things are no longer under Fugaku’s control.
According to the time calculation, Shisui is currently in danger of being assassinated by “Root”.
If he fails to rescue Shisui, his own life will be in danger.
After all, apart from the Hokage lineage, Obito didn’t want to see any living Uchiha people.
At that time, there will be no other way except to escape from Konoha.
…
Kawasaki walked into the ancestral hall, which was already noisy.
The fourth elder said to Fugaku who had his eyes closed:
“Chief, our police department has received an increasing number of complaints, and many of the major ninja clans are dissatisfied with us.”
“If this continues, the relationship between the Uchiha and Konoha will only deteriorate further.”
The fourth elder is a typical moderate, and it is his job to handle complaints from the police department.
Therefore, they have the most say in complaints about growth.
Fugaku closed his eyes tightly and remained silent, but the third elder beside him took over the conversation:
“It’s getting worse, so what?”
“Since the Nine-Tails Rebellion, we have been ostracized and there are spies monitoring the Uchiha everywhere.”
“The situation has been getting worse over the past few years. Wasn’t the tall tower outside the clan’s territory built to monitor us?”
“Chief, it’s time to make up your mind!”
The fourth elder shouted, “Uchiha Takuya! What nonsense are you talking about! Do you want to incite change?!”
The third elder sneered and asked back: “Change? Konoha was originally built by the Uchiha and the Senju.”
“To this day, let alone the Hokage, there isn’t even an Uchiha on the Elder Council. What say we have other than the Guard?!”
When the crowd heard this, they talked a lot, and the majority of them agreed.
“That’s right! We need a voice, we need power!”
“Master Patriarch! Please give the order!”
The Fourth Elder was extremely anxious. Normally, his biggest helper was Uchiha Shisui, but Shisui was not present today.
Fugaku’s mind was unpredictable and he was reluctant to speak.
Suddenly, Fugaku opened his eyes suddenly, and everyone looked in the direction he was looking.
Only then did he realize that Uchiha Kawasaki had arrived at the ancestral hall.
Since he was already here, he might as well make the best of it. He walked towards Fugaku with gritted teeth.
Fugaku said, “Kawasaki, you are now the acting elder and have a say. I would like to hear your opinion.”
“Opinions?!” Kawasaki was speechless for a moment.
“What opinion do I have? Shisui is facing a life-and-death situation, and you are holding a meeting here!” Kawasaki said anxiously.
Damn it, it’s urgent and you’re still procrastinating.
Fugaku’s pupils shrank.
“Kawasaki, are you serious?”
Kawasaki waved his hand fiercely: “There is no time to elaborate, Kei, Koto, Yuta, take your team and follow me!”
“Izumi! You come too! You may need treatment.”
Shisui has a gentle personality and many friends in the clan. Those Kawasaki mentioned were all people who had a close personal relationship with Shisui.
Several people stood up suddenly and rushed out following Kawasaki!
Fugaku sat at the first seat with a solemn expression.
The third and fourth elders stopped arguing.
Although the four elders tend to be conservative, no one will sit idly by at a critical moment of life and death.
Fugaku was silent for a long time, then he slowly exhaled.
“Uchiha Takuya!” Fugaku shouted suddenly!
“Here!” The third elder was surprised, that was his name.
He is older than Fugaku, and people usually address him respectfully as the Third Elder.
But when Fugaku calls him by his name, it means that Fugaku will act as the clan leader!
“You must immediately organize all Uchiha warriors and prepare for battle!”
The third elder’s face turned grim, as if he had smelled the smell of gunpowder.
……
On the banks of the Nanhe River.
thump!
Water splashed everywhere, and the cold river water briefly sobered up the seriously injured Uchiha Shisui.
But he was badly injured and disheartened, but he still missed his family.
Can my death change everything? Can Itachi shoulder the heavy responsibility?
Shisui’s world gradually dimmed, and his body slowly sank into the turbulent Nanhe River…
“Found it! Elder! Shisui is here!”
At the shout, the two Uchiha jumped into the water and pulled the unconscious Shisui out.
“Elder! Shisui’s eyes have been dug out!”
Kawasaki had anticipated this: “Izumi, immediately give him water treatment and check him. Make sure to save his life.”
Uchiha Izumi immediately stepped forward to treat Shisui’s wounds. Because of Itachi, she was also Shisui’s good friend.
Seeing Shisui covered in bruises, Uchiha Izumi was shocked.
Shisui is a master in the clan, how could he be injured so badly and have his Sharingan stolen? This happened in Konoha Village!
Time was running out and there was no time to summon more medical ninjas. Kawasaki remembered that Uchiha Izumi was proficient in medicine.
After emergency treatment, Shisui’s vital signs finally stabilized.
[Ding, rescue Shishui mission completed][The host obtains the power of the Mangekyō Sharingan, and the Susanoo ability is unlocked in advance. ]Three things to do when reading: read, collect, and reward!
Automatically subscribe to the latest chapters
APP audiobook (free)
High-quality audio, popular voice actors, offline listening
ActivityRegister as a Filo member and get 200 points![Register Now]Chapter 2 Susanoo?! (Old version)
Kawasaki finally breathed a sigh of relief, considering that he had just rushed back from outside the village.
I ran all the way without taking a break.
Finally, Shisui’s life was saved.
Increasing your strength is also a life insurance, so you have to get the kaleidoscope first.
As soon as he received it, a cold breath slipped into Uchiha Kawasaki’s eyes.
Is this Yintun Chakra?
Can Susanoo be unlocked in advance?
It is still unclear what my pupil technique is.
The Uchiha who came together to rescue Shisui were all shocked when they saw Shisui’s empty eye sockets after gathering.
Until now, there are still people who dare to touch the Uchiha’s reverse scale, which is a great shame!
“You bastard! How dare you steal our Uchiha’s eyes!”
“I will never let you off easily for hurting Shisui like this!”
“Elder! Who attacked Shisui?!”
As Kawasaki’s vision improved, his perception ability also increased.
He turned his head suddenly and looked at the woods behind his tribesmen.
There were hurried footsteps coming from the woods, and in the blink of an eye, four Anbu in white clothes rushed out.
As a white-clad ANBU rushed out of the woods, he saw a group of Uchiha standing by the river.
The target that I had worked so hard to find was lying on the ground receiving treatment.
But why are there so many Uchiha clan members around? !
The man made a gesture and told the three Anbu behind him to stop!
“root!”
The Uchiha people’s eyes were stern. The Uchiha family knew very well what this organization did.
Almost at the same time, the Uchiha people had an idea in mind!
Shisui must have been attacked by someone from the Root!
Everyone drew their knives and rushed towards the people at the root.
The Root team leader walking in front felt a sinking feeling in his heart. Among the dozen or so Uchiha people, three were masters with three-magatama Sharingan.
I’m afraid we won’t be able to wait for reinforcements.
Lord Danzo’s wishes must be carried out to the end!
The team leader made a gesture, and the team members behind him also looked ready to die!
The four men did not retreat but advanced, rushing towards the Uchiha.
The four of them kept changing their formation, making it difficult to tell their intentions.
Several people approached quickly.
Fire escape, the technique of the great fireball!
The two Uchiha quickly formed hand seals.
Before the close combat, use a large fireball to make a fake attack.
The figure approached rapidly with the help of the flames.
The other Uchiha also threw shurikens.
Earth escape, earth flow wall!
The Root’s men quickly worked together to build a wall of earth to block the Great Fireball Jutsu and Shuriken, and the four of them took shelter behind the wall.
When he jumped out again, he threw out dozens of blasting talismans.
Boom! Boom! Boom!
An explosion this close would basically result in losses for both sides.
The Uchiha clan members dispersed from the smoke in a somewhat embarrassed manner.
I didn’t expect the roots to be so cruel.
Several people from the roots were not having a good time either. They were closer and more seriously injured. Four of them rushed out with bloody wounds.
He almost risked his life to get close to me.
At this time, the captain of the Root team was chopped into smoke by Uchiha’s sword!
Oh no, shadow clone!
Bang!
The ground exploded and he jumped out, his whole body covered with sizzling blasting talismans.
With a desperate momentum, he pounced on Shisui who was lying on the ground.
“Let’s die together!!”
At this time, only Izumi and Kawasaki were left standing beside Shisui, and the other Uchiha were too late to provide support.
boom!!!
The huge explosion sent the other Uchiha clan members flying.
“Elder!”
When the smoke and dust cleared, only a golden skeleton was seen protecting Shisui and Izumi firmly behind it.
The surging chakra spread out like a tornado.
Kawasaki stood in the middle with his arms folded across his chest, the Mangekyō Sharingan in his eyes slowly rotating.
“What…what is this?!”
“Su…Susanoo!”
“Is this the divine power of our Uchiha legend?”
“The elder has a Mangekyō Sharingan?!”
The Gundam is really cool, Kawasaki nodded with satisfaction. It would be nice if it could be an eternal kaleidoscope without blindness.
Kawasaki still cherishes his eye power. When he saw that the crisis was over, he immediately closed his Mangekyō Sharingan.
His eye power had just been improved, and he had no time to understand his own eye techniques. Fortunately, Susanoo was unlocked in advance.
At this time, the fighting members in the Uchiha settlement gradually gathered.
The clansmen, wearing the Uchiha family crest, looked fanatical and rushed to each other, bringing their equipment and putting on their combat uniforms.
The fourth elder, Uchiha Hinata, felt his mouth dry.
I don’t know how many Uchiha people will sacrifice tonight. Can we really do it?
The ordinary Uchiha clan members were uneasy and felt uneasy at the thought of a possible fight with the village.
The third elder, Uchiha Takuya, could not hide his excitement: “Chief, the combatants have been assembled! Please give the order!”
Fugaku clenched his fists and said, “Wait for Elder Kawasaki to come back first.”
Konoha should have already started taking action, right?
Just as Uchiha Fugaku had expected, the news had already leaked out as soon as the Uchiha began to mobilize.
Not to mention that the buildings surrounding the Uchiha settlement are full of ANBU members.
The Third Hokage silently put down his pipe and said, “What is the situation now?”
The Anbu lowered his head and reported: “All Uchiha clan fighters are gathering. Uchiha Kawasaki and thirteen clan members are missing.”
“Uchiha Shisui is missing, and Uchiha Itachi is also missing.”
The third generation remained silent. He really didn’t want to go this far.
It seems that Shisui has failed, or…
With a sigh, the Sandai made a decision and his expression became firm.
After taking off the Hokage robe, he revealed a combat uniform that had already been put on.
“Pass the order down, the entire Konoha is in a state of emergency!”
“Notify all ninja clan leaders, gather all jonin and elite jonin, and surround the Uchiha clan territory.”
Turn on lazy reading mode
Chapter 3 Mission Reward! The Hyuga Clan! (Old Version)
Thump thump thump
There were dense footsteps coming from the rooftops, and ninjas one after another flew over the houses.
Normally it would be rude to do this, but the Hokage had just issued an order and the entire Konoha Village was in a state of emergency.
As a result, there were jumping ninjas all over the rooftops of Konoha, and the common people were hiding in their homes.
In another prominent family in Konoha – the Hyuga family.
The strongest warriors, Hiashi and Hizashi, are leading the family elites towards the Uchiha territory.
Hiashi couldn’t help but ask Hiashi: “Brother, is the Uchiha clan really going to rebel?”
Rizu frowned and said, “Call me clan leader outside.”
Hiashi paused for a moment and said, “Yes, Patriarch.”
Hiashi paused for a moment, then spoke in a more gentle tone, “The Third Hokage told us to gather and surround the Uchiha. There may be a tough battle tonight.”
Ri Zu was full of worries. As long as there was internal dispute, there would always be casualties.
What’s more, it is against the Uchiha clan, which is one of the most powerful clans in the ninja world.
Every Uchiha member is versatile, and many are fanatics.
Hiashi looked back and saw the twenty or so jonin following him.
I don’t know how many people will be able to go back after tonight. These are the family’s precious strength.
“Hiashi, if we start fighting later, you need to calm the tribesmen and don’t rush to the front.”
“What about the third generation?”
Hiashi waved his hand, “If the Uchiha falls, maybe it will be our turn next.”
Hizashi was startled, looked around, and then nodded silently.
“Danzo-sama, the Third Hokage has declared a state of emergency in Konoha…”
“And issued a mobilization order, asking all members above the level of Jonin to gather and prepare for battle. Do we want to participate?”
“oh?”
Danzo, who had just replaced his eyes and completed the examination, suddenly came to his senses.
“What happened?”
“All Uchiha fighters are gathering.”
Danzo stood up and touched his new right eye.
It looks like we can completely deal with the Uchiha tonight. How many Uchiha eyes can we collect tonight?
Hiruzen, I told you long ago that the Uchiha people cannot be trusted. Fortunately, I took the initiative and got rid of Uchiha Shisui.
“Take our people and head to Uchiha territory immediately.”
“yes!”
The lights in front of the Uchiha clan’s gate were brightly lit, and countless Konoha elites had surrounded the Uchiha clan.
Standing at the front were the Third Hokage Sarutobi Hiruzen, Utane Koharu, and Mito Kado En.
At the back were the clan leaders and elites of the various famous ninja clans.
Members of major families such as Hyuga, Akimichi, Nara, and Yamanaka arrived one after another.
Almost all of Konoha’s Anbu and elite Jonin were concentrated here, surrounding Uchiha in layers.
Everyone had a solemn look on their face.
The patriarchs of each tribe had their own ulterior motives.
Creak…The door of the Uchiha family slowly opened.
Hundreds of fully armed Uchiha clan members slowly walked out the door under the leadership of Fugaku.
In an instant, everyone’s eyes were focused on Fugaku’s face. Their expressions varied, but all of them were surprised.
Fugaku is usually a peacemaker, what happened today?
The clansmen behind Fugaku couldn’t help but get agitated when they saw that the door was surrounded by many Konoha elites.
However, when the clan leader did not speak, the noise gradually died down.
The atmosphere seemed to freeze for a moment.
At this time, a messenger bird flew in the sky.
When Fugaku received the message, endless murderous intent flashed in his eyes, but then he restrained it.
Under the gaze of the Sandai, Fugaku appeared calm and composed, his eyes scanning everywhere.
Seeing that Danzo had not arrived yet, he narrowed his eyes slightly.
“Hokage-sama, why are you surrounding my Uchiha clan land?”
The Third Hokage frowned: “Fugaku! You have gathered so many Uchiha clan members, and you still come to ask us? What do you want to do?!”
Uchiha Fugaku’s expression was different from before, and he showed no respect for the Third Hokage.
“What do I want to do? Uchiha Shisui went missing after going out today, and we are going out to look for Shisui now. Is there a problem?”
The Third Hokage frowned. He had thought of countless excuses for Fugaku, but he didn’t expect him to answer like this.
And as far as he knew, Shisui was indeed missing. The Third Hokage was speechless for a moment.
At this time, Mitomon En beside the Third Generation spoke up: “Nonsense!”
“Since Uchiha Shisui is missing, are you going to gather the entire clan? Do you think we are fools?”
Fugaku didn’t respond.
At this time, a path opened up among the crowd of Konoha people, and Danzo Shimura came.
He still had bandages on his forehead, right eye, right shoulder and right hand.
“Uchiha Fugaku, I think you Uchiha are going to rebel tonight!”
When Fugaku saw Danzo appear, a murderous look flashed in his eyes.
He said in a deep voice: “Shimura Danzo, you still dare to appear in front of me?”
“Itachi reported to me that Uchiha Shisui disappeared after being called by you this afternoon. You said this matter has nothing to do with you?”
Hidden in the crowd, Itachi frowned. He had not reported this to his father.
Danzo had a blank expression on his face. It turned out that even Itachi was unreliable.
Then he scolded loudly: “Nonsense! I didn’t even see Shisui this afternoon, you are slandering me.”
Fugaku smiled coldly: “Really?”
Fugaku’s chakra surged, and his eyes became even colder. The surrounding ninjas became nervous.
While the crowd was still restless, a path opened up at the back and Uchiha Kawasaki led a group of Uchiha clan members in.
[Ding! The mission has been updated, the ending of the coup][Mission requirements: Protect all Uchiha clan members from harm during the coup.][Mission Reward: Eye Technique Amplifier x1, Uchiha Deputy Clan Leader…]There is no time to look at the reward. Since the mission requires protecting all members of the tribe, we cannot take action tonight.
Kawasaki walked in front alone with sharp eyes.
The Uchiha behind him was silent, occasionally looking up at Kawasaki with eyes full of enthusiasm and admiration…
Two of them were carrying a stretcher, on which lay Uchiha Shisui.
Several others were dragging the bodies of several “Root” members.
The bodies were covered with scars and damage in many places.
The Third Hokage’s face was gloomy: “Fugaku, what do you mean?”
Uchiha Kawasaki brought the people back to the clan, turned to face the Third Hokage, and directly blocked the clan leader Fugaku behind him.
Kawasaki sneered, “Sandaime, you are still playing dumb at this time. Danzo summoned Shisui this afternoon and took away his Sharingan!”
“We went out to search for Shisui because he was missing. What’s wrong with that?!”
Afterwards, he whispered something into Shisui’s ear, and Shisui struggled to sit up.
There are countless scars on his body, which can be seen by anyone with a discerning eye.
The most serious thing is his eyes, which are left with only two empty holes, as his Sharingan has been dug out!
The surrounding ninjas were in an uproar.
“Danzo took away Shisui’s Sharingan?”
“Shut up, Danzo is the Hokage’s assistant, don’t talk nonsense.”
Shisui said somewhat weakly, “I received a message from Danzo in the evening, asking me to go meet him.”
“I didn’t expect that he coveted our Uchiha clan’s Sharingan and took my eye away when I was unprepared.”
The Third Hokage has a close relationship with Shisui, and this afternoon he reported that he wanted to use Kotoamatsukami to stop the Uchiha coup.
I didn’t expect that our meeting again would turn out like this.
When Shisui stood up, Danzo’s face was as gloomy as water and he said nothing. No one knew what he was thinking.
Everyone present was in an uproar and looked at Danzo with suspicion.
In the ninja world, taking away someone else’s bloodline is an irreconcilable feud, let alone someone from the same village.
Shisui is known as the instant Shisui.
He made great contributions to Konoha in the Third Ninja World War and is a genius of the Uchiha clan.
Uchiha Shisui has always had a good reputation and his words are highly credible.
The third-generation grandfather frowned, as he knew Shisui’s temper.
For the sake of peace, even if he encountered such a thing, Shisui would not make it public.
What happened to Shisui?
In fact, Kawasaki secretly told Shisui that if he lied, the Uchiha clan would immediately rebel.
But if Shisui tells the truth, Kawasaki promises, there will be no rebellion tonight.
Danzo’s expression changed slightly, and then he said calmly: “I had no intention of provoking a conflict between the Uchiha and the village, but things have come to this.”
“I did summon Shisui tonight, but he intended to attack me. After I saw through his plan, I had to fight back in self-defense.”
Kawasaki looked at Danzo with a mocking expression on his face: “Are you planning on using this to trick a child?”
Danzo was furious: “You are just an acting elder, how can you be qualified to talk to me.”
Fugaku listened to the reports from the Uchiha members in the rear.
Upon learning that Elder Kawasaki had opened the Mangekyō Sharingan, he was surprised and delighted.
It has been many years since the clan has seen a strong person with the Mangekyō Sharingan.
What’s more, Kawasaki is still so young.
Fugaku raised his head and said loudly, “Elder Danzo, Elder Kawasaki has been nominated as the deputy clan leader for his contribution in rescuing Shisui today. Is he qualified now?”
Chapter 4: The Power of Kawasaki! The Third Hokage! (Old Version)
The Uchiha clan members behind him were in an uproar. How come Elder Kawasaki suddenly became the deputy clan leader?
Then he remembered that the patriarch’s move was to support Kawasaki, so he calmed down again.
Danzo scoffed at Fugaku’s words.
“It is a fact that Shisui attempted to assassinate me tonight. My ANBU can testify to that.”
Everyone present was no ordinary person, and everyone knew what kind of person Danzo was.
If it was really Shisui who attempted the assassination, he should have reported it to the Third Generation long ago. Why would he pretend to be ignorant right from the start?
Kawasaki laughed and said, “It is also true that Elder Danzo attempted to assassinate the Third Hokage tonight. All the Uchiha can testify to this.”
The Uchiha clan members behind burst into laughter.
“Yes! I bear witness to it!”
“Me too! I bear witness to it too!”
The surrounding ninjas tried to suppress their laughter and looked at each other sideways.
The third generation’s expression changed. He roughly understood the situation, but still cleared his throat.
“Now that Shisui has been found, Kawasaki… Deputy Chief, this is all a misunderstanding, let’s all disperse.”
“Misunderstand?!”
Uchiha Kawasaki’s expression changes faster than turning the pages of a book.
“Third Hokage! Shisui’s Sharingan is still in Danzo’s hands! You say this is a misunderstanding?!”
Danzo snorted coldly: “After the assassination attempt failed, are you now trying to frame someone?”
Kawasaki didn’t even look at Danzo, but turned and winked at Fugaku.
Then he shouted sternly: “Third Hokage! You Hokage faction, actually want to openly seize the Sharingan of our Uchiha clan?!”
Uchiha Fugaku understood Kawasaki’s look and said in a deep voice: “Sarutobi Hiruzen!”
“The Uchiha clan will never give up until Shisui’s Sharingan is returned to you!”
The Uchiha warrior behind Fugaku silently activated his Sharingan.
For a moment, countless blood-red eyes stared at the Third Hokage.
The Third Hokage’s face turned pale, and he cursed Danzo in his heart for the trouble he had caused. Now the entire Konoha had to pay for it.
“Danzo, hand over Shisui’s Sharingan immediately!”
The corner of Danzo’s mouth twitched. He had never expected the situation to develop to this point.
But he still made his last struggle: “I did have a conflict with Shisui, but his Sharingan was not taken by me.”
Kawasaki narrowed his eyes slightly and then took out a kunai.
The Third Hokage said in a deep voice: “Kawasaki, calm down.”
However, Kawasaki slowly placed the kunai on his Konoha forehead protector.
Once the stroke is made, he will become a traitor to Konoha.
Kawasaki shouted to all the ninjas: “Listen to all the Konoha people, this is the oppression of us by the Konoha high-level officials…”
“They will seize your bloodline, secret techniques, and property. Hyuga clan, you will be next!”
The elites and pillars of each tribe present, even the tribe leaders, all looked unhappy.
The Hyuga clan was even more agitated, after all, their Byakugan was also a well-known bloodline limit in the ninja world.
Hiashi and Hizashi looked solemn and watched coldly how the Third Generation responded.
The Third Hokage was greatly shocked. If he really forced a ninja clan to rebel, the entire ninja world would laugh at the Hokage.
All families will no longer trust the Hokage faction, this is shaking the foundation of the Hokage!
“Sarutobi Hiruzen, listen to me! Right now! Right now! Hand over Shisui’s Sharingan!”
“Otherwise, we Uchiha will perish along with Konoha! Konoha is forcing us Uchiha to do this!”
Uchiha Kawasaki’s expression was distorted, and he was almost crazy, like a madman.
The Third Hokage felt cold all over. The Uchiha could rebel, but they could never rebel under pressure.
If he gave the order to take action today, the Uchiha clan would be destroyed, but Konoha would also fall apart.
No ninja clan would work for someone who covets their property.
At this moment, all the ninjas surrounding the Uchiha had no intention of fighting. They just stared at Danzo and Sarutobi Hiruzen with cold eyes.
Especially the Hyuga clan, because if the Uchiha falls, the next one will be the Hyuga.
Although other ninja clans do not have the Sharingan or Byakugan, they also have their own family secrets and properties.
Even Uchiha’s Sharingan is not safe, so theirs will not be spared either.
The Third Hokage sighed and said, “In view of Danzo’s inappropriate behavior.”
“Remove Danzo Shimura from his position as Hokage’s assistant. Danzo, hand over Shisui’s Sharingan immediately.”
Danzo couldn’t believe it, his eyes were as cold as a snake.
“Sarutobi! The Uchiha clan can never be trusted! Shisui’s Sharingan is too dangerous, I will never hand over my Sharingan!”
“That’s enough! Danzo!”
“I am the Hokage!”
Danzo gritted his teeth and said, “Okay, I’ll hand over the Sharingan as soon as I get back.”
The Third Hokage turned to Kawasaki and said, “Is it ok?”
Kawasaki sneered, “You still want to play tricks at this time. Shisui’s eyes are clearly on you. What are you going to get when you go back?”
Danzo’s face changed and he tried to explain.
Kawasaki waved his hand to stop him: “Don’t quibble, we Uchiha have a secret technique, Shisui’s eye is in your right eye!”
Danzo looked embarrassed, he really didn’t expect that Uchiha had this secret technique. If he had known this, he would not have come.
He was helpless at the moment.
Under the gaze of the crowd.
Danzo gritted his teeth and untied the bandage on his right eye, revealing a Sharingan inside.
The ninja clan was in an uproar. Their own high-ranking official, the Hokage’s assistant, actually took away Uchiha’s Sharingan.
And it was immediately installed in his own eyes.
The Uchiha clan naturally did not have that kind of secret technique, but Kawasaki concluded that Danzo would directly transplant Shisui’s right eye after obtaining it.
Even if that was not Shisui’s eye, Danzo’s right eye was undoubtedly the Sharingan.
Danzo was resentful and angry, but he had already aroused the anger of the crowd, and all the ninjas looked at him with unfriendly eyes.
Who knows if Danzo will take action against his own family next time.
Under Uchiha Kawasaki’s stern gaze, the Third Hokage quickly dispatched a medical ninja to remove the Sharingan from Danzo’s eyes.
Fugaku waved his hand and had someone take Shisui’s right eye and hand it to Izumi who was guarding Shisui.
Let her confirm if those are really Shisui’s eyes.
At this time, Uchiha Itachi silently walked out of the crowd and stood beside Shisui.
He had returned since the family began to gather, but he was not among the group when his father spoke.
He wanted to see what his father was really up to. By blocking the path to becoming Hokage, was he trying to let him return to the family?
Is the family really going to rebel tonight? Just as he was confused, the development of the situation was completely beyond his expectations.
Unexpectedly, my father was only a supporting role this time, and everything was handled by Elder Kawasaki.
But for now it seems that my father was right and Elder Kawasaki handled the situation just right.
Feilu novel, Fei will make you look good!
Chapter 5 Obtaining the Eye Technique, Tsukuyomi! Amaterasu! (Old Version)
Kawasaki glanced at Itachi, then turned to Danzo and asked, “Where is Shisui’s left eye!”
Uchiha Itachi stood aside, his mouth moving slightly but he didn’t say anything, and even held down Shisui who was about to say something.
Danzo was so angry that he was fuming: “Kawasaki, don’t go too far!”
“I only got Shisui’s right eye! I have no idea where his left eye is!”
Fugaku and Kawasaki looked at the Third Hokage at the same time, as if to say, you handle it yourself.
The Third Hokage sighed, “Danzo, hand over Shisui’s left eye.”
“I…”
Danzo was shaking with anger.
At this point, it’s like yellow mud falling into your crotch. You have to treat it as shit even if it’s not.
Who would believe you if you said you didn’t dig out Shisui’s left eye?
“My left eye is not with me…” Danzo had no choice but to admit it.
Uchiha Kawasaki knew clearly that Shisui’s left eye was in Itachi’s hand.
His original intention in doing this was to gain some benefits for the Uchiha clan.
At this time, Shisui used chakra perception to confirm that it was his right eye, and transplanted it back.
After many battles, eye gouging, eye implants, and surgeries, Shisui fell into a deep sleep exhausted.
Uchiha Itachi stood by silently, while Shisui ran around for the peace of his family and village, but was ambushed by Danzo.
And the father, who had never shown himself to be strong, stood up for Shisui and was willing to break off relations with the village.
In his view, Elder Kawasaki was just a spokesperson pushed to the forefront by his father.
My father probably didn’t want to have a complete fallout with the village, so he asked Elder Kawasaki to step in.
[Ding! Congratulations to the host for successfully influencing Uchiha Itachi’s ideas and greatly changing Itachi’s life trajectory]Congratulations to the host for obtaining: Eye Technique Tsukuyomi x1, Eye Technique Amaterasu x1.
[Ding! Congratulations to the host for greatly changing Uchiha Fugaku’s life trajectory]Congratulations to the host for obtaining the pupil technique: illusion x2
Oh? Changing other people’s lives can also gain skills? Unfortunately, it can only be used once.
Both of Fugaku’s eyes are illusion eyes? So they can be used twice?
It’s the same as Shisui, but the effect is not as good as Kotoamatsukami.
[Ding! The positive transformation ending has been completed]Congratulations to the host for obtaining the pupil amplifier x1: greatly enhances the power of pupil techniques.
What kind of broken system is this? Why is it that everything is limited to one time use and it’s gone once used up?
System, can you do this?
Kawasaki complained in his heart, but the system continued to broadcast like a robot, indifferently.
The host obtains position: Deputy Chief of the Uchiha Clan.
Uchiha Deputy Clan Leader: All Uchiha clan members recognize your identity as deputy clan leader.
Hey, it seems that my honorary title of deputy clan leader has been formalized?
No, could it be that the title of deputy clan leader was really a product of Fugaku’s spur of the moment?
[Ding! The host has obtained the status of a faction leader, the faction framework is loading…][Ding! Development goal! Break away from Konoha’s control and become independent. Rewards will be given based on the degree of completion.]Kawasaki accepted the status quo.
A series of system prompts sounded in his mind, and Kawasaki looked at the rewards and new tasks, thoughtfully.
The Third Hokage promised that Danzo would send Shisui’s left eye to him immediately after he returned.
At this time, Kawasaki’s gaze turned to Fugaku. Fugaku’s heart sank. Why did he feel like he was the scapegoat?
But in front of outsiders, Fugaku also cooperated tacitly.
“In that case, I will wait for good news in my clan’s land. Before dawn, I want to see Shisui’s left eye.”
Fugaku snorted coldly and waved his hand to signal the Uchiha to disperse.
Many Uchiha people were dissatisfied and talked about it. They gathered the whole clan and ended up with so much noise but little results?
However, due to the presence of many outsiders and elites from various ninja clans, all the Uchiha people only discussed in private and left with Fugaku.
As the heavy Uchiha door slammed shut, the Third Hokage breathed a sigh of relief.
He waved his hands exhaustedly: “Thank you all for your support. The state of emergency in the village has been lifted. Everyone can go home.”
The ninja clans looked at each other, with unusual expressions in their eyes.
They said goodbye one after another, and were no longer so respectful to the Third Hokage in their words.
With a few “swish” sounds, the other ninjas quickly left, leaving only the Hokage’s faction at the scene.
Sarutobi Hiruzen had no intention of saying more. Today’s events had made the Hokage lose face.
It also created a huge rift between many people in the village and the Hokage leadership.
Everyone became wary of Danzo.
And everyone knows that Danzo and Sarutobi Hiruzen are in the same group.
Maybe this incident was instructed by Sarutobi Hiruzen.
Everyone in the ninja world knows that the Sharingan is a treasure, but no one dares to touch Uchiha.
Who would have thought that the top leaders of the family would covet the family treasure? It was simply unbelievable.
The Third Hokage was exhausted, and Danzo usually did a lot of dirty work for him.
But what happened today was purely Danzo’s own decision and had nothing to do with him.
Not only Danzo, but the entire Hokage faction has lost its reputation and its credibility has fallen to the bottom.
The land of the Hyuga clan.
Hyuga Hiashi, who had just returned to the family, hurriedly summoned the elders of the main family.
“Elders, what are your thoughts on what happened to the Uchiha today?”
Hyuga Hiashi, who was sitting at the first seat, looked towards the elders.
The clan elders looked at each other.
The Great Elder spoke first: “Hiashi, I think we should be more cautious about the Hokage’s faction.”
The second elder continued:
“The Hokage has long been dissatisfied with the branch system of our Hyuga family. This Uchiha Shisui incident is also a warning to us.”
Because of the Hyuga family’s main family-branch system, the fighting power is mainly concentrated on the branch members.
And due to the constraints of the bird in the cage, all branch members only obey the main family.
Therefore, the Hokage’s control over the Hyuga family is very weak. On the surface, they are one family, but in reality, anyone with a discerning eye can see that
If something happens, the Hyuga branch will only follow the orders of the main family.
Hinata Hiashi nodded: “Danzo has been hiding behind Sarutobi Hiruzen these years, and I don’t know how many people he has secretly trained.”
“But his ambitions are growing day by day. It is hard to say whether this incident was his own action or was condoned by the three generations.”
The Great Elder said calmly: “That’s not important. The key point is that Uchiha’s tough counterattack this time shows the change in Fugaku’s thinking.”
“It may have leaned towards the hawkish side, and a young deputy chief has emerged, which is quite interesting…”
Chapter 6 Kawasaki’s Strength! (Old Version)
The second elder took over the conversation: “Tomorrow, the Uchiha clan will probably fight for more rights. In my opinion, we should support them.”
Hiashi nodded in agreement, “I will talk to Fugaku about this tomorrow.”
After closing the gate of the clan’s territory, Fugaku dismissed the Uchiha people who were full of complaints.
Only a few senior leaders were left: the third elder Takuya, the fourth elders Hinata and Kawasaki, and Shisui who was still on a stretcher.
Unlike those indignant Uchiha, the third elder highly appreciated Fugaku’s actions today.
He let Kawasaki take the lead while he himself was behind the scenes making plans.
Although he usually keeps a low profile, he is no ordinary person to be an elder.
Just now, we were surrounded by Konoha’s elite troops.
And their own master Shisui was seriously injured, which was obviously not a good time to launch a coup.
At the very least, the right time would have to wait until Shisui recovered from his injury.
Fugaku looked at the third elder Takuya with eyes full of admiration.
He thought with a headache, even if I said this was not arranged by me, you wouldn’t believe it.
Fugaku didn’t pay much attention to the third elder. He was eager to confirm something at the moment.
“Kawasaki, have you activated the Mangekyō Sharingan?”
Everyone was shocked! Kawasaki actually opened the kaleidoscope? !
Kawasaki nodded slightly, and the three magatama in his eyes changed shape instantly. The pattern was unique, with a knife outside and a flower inside.
The surging eye power made Fugaku feel a little depressed.
How is that possible!
Fugaku could not hide his shock! Kawasaki was a gifted man, only nineteen years old.
He is already a leader who possesses three magatama Sharingan. Except for his weak illusion skills, he is excellent in other aspects.
Later, out of a fit of anger, he asked Kawasaki to complete a difficult task, promising that he would serve as the acting elder after the task was completed.
I didn’t expect Kawasaki to actually open the Mangekyō Sharingan.
“Hahaha, good good good!”
Fugaku was so excited that he could hardly control himself, as the holder of the Mangekyō Sharingan.
He knew well how difficult it was to awaken the kaleidoscope.
He has been walking on thin ice these years, carefully hiding his kaleidoscope, just to provide an extra layer of security for his family.
I didn’t expect that among the new generation, there are people who have awakened the kaleidoscope.
Fugaku patted Kawasaki’s shoulder excitedly:
“What I said before still counts. You are now the deputy clan leader…”
“In a few years, when you are familiar with government affairs, the position of clan leader will be handed over to you.”
Fugaku’s excitement was not without reason. During the Third Ninja World War, the ninja villages of various countries were in chaos.
Although Konoha sits on a fertile land, it has suffered heavy losses after successive battles with Kumogakure, Iwagakure, and Kirigakure.
The Uchiha also lost many talents.
The family is in urgent need of such a young Kage-level strongman to take charge.
Facing the oppression of the Hokage faction, judging from Kawasaki’s style of doing things, he is also a very opinionated person.
Kawasaki’s previous strategy of using him as a gun made Fugaku feel that Kawasaki was both courageous and strategic.
You know, if you act carelessly, the Uchiha clan may face the disaster of extermination.
Kawasaki used Shisui’s incident to attack Danzo and stood on the side of justice.
Not only did Danzo suffer a loss, but the Hokage faction also lost trust.
The more Fugaku looked at Kawasaki, the more satisfied he became.
But he didn’t know that Kawasaki acted in this way because he was sure that there would never be a conflict.
As for the matter itself, if Shisui revealed it.
The Uchiha will be the victim, and the other ninja clans will not be able to make things worse.
Besides, even if they really started fighting, there would be Fugaku, Shisui, Itachi, and myself.
There are four pairs of Mangekyō Sharingan in total, which are enough to sweep away the major ninja clans that are internally disunited.
Seeing Fugaku so happy, Kawasaki couldn’t help but complain.
What’s the big deal about a pair of kaleidoscopes? Don’t you know that both your son and Shisui are kaleidoscopes?
In order to save his own life, the mission still needs to be completed.
Kawasaki put away the kaleidoscope and cleared his throat.
Then he said to everyone: “The Uchiha is in turmoil now. Since the clan leader values ​​me so much, I will not refuse.”
“I have some suggestions for the development of Uchiha.”
Everyone stopped smiling and wanted to hear what Kawasaki had to say.
“First, I want to explain the ability of my kaleidoscope.”
“It’s called ‘Sky’s Gap’, and it can give you a glimpse into the future.”
Kawasaki’s words were like pouring cold water on the heart, causing the eyes of several people present to widen – peeking into the future?!
He made it up casually. After all, when you are in the world, you can package your identity and ability yourself.
In fact, his Kaleidoscope Eye Technique has not yet awakened.
“If a rebellion occurs tonight, the Uchiha clan will be destroyed!”
The two elders’ expressions suddenly changed. The fourth elder, Yangping, wanted to say something but was stopped by Kawasaki.
“Fourth Elder, the peace you seek cannot be achieved, because in ten years, the entire Konoha will be destroyed!”
“What?!”
Itachi, who was usually indifferent, also opened his eyes wide in surprise.
“Deputy Patriarch, is what you said true?”
The fourth elder’s voice was a little dry.
Kawasaki nodded: “Fourth Elder, Third Elder, Clan Leader, please do not resist. Let me show you the world of the future.”
His kaleidoscope spun rapidly, waves spread out, and several people seemed to have stepped into the painting.
The screen shows various clips, including the scene where Fugaku uses the Sharingan to control the Nine-Tails but ultimately fails in his coup.
There was a scene of the annihilation of the Uchiha clan.
There is also a scene where a huge shock wave destroys the entire Konoha Village.
Kawasaki selected several future scenes to play for everyone.
Of course, his kaleidoscope cannot peek into the future, but instead he relies on Fugaku’s eye technique – illusion.
This is just his guess, not fact.
But Kawasaki knew the plot well, and there was nothing wrong with using these as clips from the future.
This is the most appropriate way to gain people’s trust.
Kawasaki discovered that there are no conditions or consumption required to activate system skills.
You can even increase chakra or pupil power on your own to strengthen system skills.
From this point of view, the skills granted by the system are finally somewhat useful.
He stopped the kaleidoscope, and although the images displayed were not many, they brought great shock to the three people.
The clan leader also has the Mangekyō Sharingan? The two elders looked at Fugaku, who nodded slightly in confirmation.
The reason why Shisui and Itachi were skipped is because some of Itachi’s actions are not suitable for outsiders to know.
After all, Itachi has not yet thought of destroying his family.
Wait until Fugaku and the two elders came back to their senses from the illusion.
Kawasaki said: “The two elders and the clan leader all hope that the Uchiha will be strong, but the previous path is undoubtedly wrong.”
The three of them fell silent. Judging from those pictures, the position of Hokage didn’t seem that important anymore.
While everyone was thinking, Kawasaki turned to look at Shisui and Itachi.
“Shisui, you are so naive. What you are doing is so foolish.”
Shisui opened his mouth to speak, but was interrupted by Kawasaki.
“Itachi, how old is Sasuke?”
Itachi was confused, but still looked down and answered, “Sasuke is five years old, deputy clan leader.”
“You all look at me!”
Itachi and Shisui looked up, and sure enough, Kawasaki opened the Kaleidoscope again…
Chapter 7 Everyone is shocked! A fragment of the future! (Old version)
The two people did not resist and entered the painting in the blink of an eye.
After Shisui died, the entire Uchiha clan was wiped out by Itachi. Even Izumi, with whom Itachi grew up, died that night.
The villagers simply left Sasuke alone. Most of the things in his house were taken away, and then Sasuke ran away.
Because of Itachi’s death, Sasuke became gloomy and twisted.
He just wanted to avenge Itachi, but ended up dying during the Five Kage meeting.
Kawasaki deliberately only played the part up to the Five Kage Summit, making Itachi and Shisui believe that Sasuke died at the Five Kage Summit.
Seeing Itachi kill his parents and destroy his family with his own hands.
What he got in the end was Konoha’s indifference and ruthlessness, Sasuke died, and his clan was gone.
Shisui and Itachi were both stunned and speechless for a long time.
Itachi had experienced what happened to Shisui and was already extremely disappointed with Konoha’s upper echelons.
Now I can see the future scenario without the pressure of Shisui’s death.
He has completely stood on the side of the family.
Only then did Shisui feel that he was ridiculously naive and weak enough to commit suicide.
Kawasaki watched helplessly as the eye technique “Illusion” in his attribute column slowly disappeared. As expected, the number of times it could be used was limited.
Kawasaki said slowly: “The Uchiha are first our own family, and then we are part of Konoha.”
“Without the Uchiha, Konoha has nothing to do with us.”
“We have always wanted to take the position of Hokage, but we just want recognition. However, the strong do not need recognition from others!”
“With the whole clan gone, what’s the point of the Uchiha name?”
Everyone was chewing on Kawasaki’s words. Yes, now that all the Uchiha people are gone, where is the glory of the Uchiha?
There are many powerful ninja clans in the ninja world over the years.
But once a clan is exterminated, no matter how powerful it was in the past, it will be blown away by the wind sooner or later.
“Itachi, I know you have been providing information to the Third Hokage.”
Itachi was silent for a moment, “I’m sorry.”
“You have the right desire for peace, but your method is wrong.”
“Itachi, the clan has a lot of things to deal with next. You should quit your job as an Anbu immediately and come back to help the family.”
Once you enter the Anbu, you can’t just leave whenever you want.
After all, the Anbu know too many secrets, and the identity of the Anbu will not change without the Hokage’s approval.
But Itachi is now loyal to his family, so there is always a way.
Of course, even if Itachi didn’t resign, the Third Generation would never trust him again.
Itachi agreed.
Fugaku was very pleased. When he was the clan leader, neither Shisui nor Itachi were on the same page with him.
Fugaku also asked Itachi to go undercover in the Anbu, but unexpectedly Itachi provided information to the Third Generation.
Fortunately, everything is getting better now.
Thanks to Kawasaki.
Fugaku was already thinking about when to give up the position of clan leader to Kawasaki.
[Ding, the host faction template has been loaded. ]Kawasaki clicked on it and saw Uchiha Fugaku and himself at the top.
Below are the names and portraits of everyone in the Uchiha clan.
Kawasaki clicked on Itachi’s icon, Uchiha Itachi.
Loyalty: High, Good at: Combat, Lurking.
Clicking on the battle, there is a detailed list of Itachi’s expertise in physical skills, ninjutsu, illusion techniques, etc.
As for lurking…there’s no need to say more about this.
Listed separately next to it are the Mangekyō Sharingan and related eye techniques.
Kawasaki clicked on Fugaku again. There was no loyalty level for Fugaku, but an intimacy level, which was also high.
The others are similar to Itachi.
Now we know the strengths of everyone in the clan, which will be convenient to use in the future.
I clicked on the pages of the two elders. In terms of their expertise, the fourth elder was in charge of internal affairs, and the third elder was in charge of management.
Kawasaki was very polite: “For the next plan, I will need the help of the two elders.”
Both elders bowed their heads and said, “Thank you, Deputy Chief. Please give us your instructions.”
At this time, Kawasaki already had a rough idea in his mind.
What does a family rely on to develop? Money. Other ninja clans have their own ways of making money.
Akimichi BBQ, Nara Pharmaceutical, maintaining the medical system.
Except for the Uchiha’s weapons which were produced in the Cat Country, the Tenten family almost owned all of Konoha’s ninja tools.
Other families also have their own businesses to survive. Otherwise, if they can only make a living by taking on tasks, it will be difficult to develop.
The Uchiha clan did not engage in production, and the family fortune they earned during the Warring States period became less and less.
The root cause is the lack of talent. If there is no one to do the corresponding work, it naturally cannot be done.
The Uchiha have always been battle maniacs, and no one bothers to study these things.
They could rob during the Warring States Period, but now that the five major countries are stable, it will be easy to start a war if they try to rob again.
My income has decreased a lot in recent years. Although I am richer than the average ninja, it is not easy to grow and develop.
Now that we have faction templates, we can see everyone’s talents.
The road ahead will be easier.
Kawasaki said in a deep voice: “After I opened the kaleidoscope, I watched the future clips many times…”
“Konoha’s peaceful days will not last long. Countless disasters will befall Konoha in the future.”
“So we have to make plans early, and the emotions of the tribe must have an outlet.”
“We can’t keep guarding the garrison’s territory any longer. Being law enforcers is naturally unpopular.”
“Neither leniency nor strictness will please people, and it will only make the Uchiha clan more dissatisfied.”
Fugaku tapped his hands: “Kawasaki, speak up, we will fully cooperate.”
Fugaku’s words were equivalent to letting Kawasaki do whatever he wanted.
Others had no objections, after all, Kawasaki was strong and smart.
Kawasaki pointed to his eyes.
“The future fragments I see through my kaleidoscope are not just about battles. There are also many successful future deals.”
“We will just select some people now, vigorously develop the economy, and slowly get rid of Konoha’s control.”
Ouch?!
The people present really didn’t expect that foreseeing the future could be used in this way.
If you have enough money, you can handle the clan’s affairs yourself without being restricted by Konoha.
Judging from the disaster that Konoha later suffered, financial independence is very important.
Several people nodded in agreement.
Kawasaki went on to say: “Of course, this won’t happen overnight, but fortunately we still have time.”
“During this time, we must give up all Uchiha power and make the ‘Uchiha conspiracy theory’ a joke.”
Seeing everyone’s confused faces, Kawasaki briefly explained the meaning of “conspiracy theory”.
Everyone suddenly understood and was even more impressed with Kawasaki.
This brain… you know what, it’s really amazing!!
Chapter 8: Shisui’s left eye… is with you! (Old version)
Kawasaki waved his hand: “The current Konoha Guard is harmful to us. The first step is to give up the power of the Guard.”
“Fourth Elder, Danzo has suffered such a great loss. He will definitely find fault with us within the scope of the security team tomorrow.”
“You suspend all the Uchiha who have been complained about and recall them to the clan. If anyone comes to question you, you just delay and delay.”
The four old elders were completely impressed by Kawasaki and assured him, “Deputy clan leader, please relax. I am good at this.”
“Third Senior, you have been committed to fighting for the position of Hokage by force. What do you think after watching those clips from the future?”
The third senior smiled bitterly and shook his head. Indeed, he had been trying hard to seize the throne of Hokage by force.
But in those future clips, even if he controlled the Nine-Tails, the Sharingan could not change the fate of failure.
Coupled with the ninjutsu that could destroy the world (Cho Shinra Tensei), he was already discouraged.
“Since Konoha is afraid of us taking power, then we might as well just throw away all the power.”
“Patriarch Fugaku, you must also find a suitable opportunity to resign from your position as head of the police force.”
“For these powers, we have offended many people, and made too many people forget the good things of the Uchiha and think that everything is what they deserve.”
“Now, let’s take a step back to advance.”
“Third Senior, next, you have to organize all those radical elements who are dissatisfied.”
The third senior frowned: “Kawasaki, what are your plans?”
Not everyone can swallow this insult. For some Uchiha, retreating to advance is simply not an option.
Therefore, the hawkish faction emerged within the Uchiha.
“We Uchiha need an ‘uprising’ and a ‘heavy blow’.”
Kawasaki smiled meaningfully.
“Otherwise, how can we eliminate the negative influence of Uchiha, and how can we let people feel at ease to go out and develop?”
The three elders looked at each other and said, “But these people are not so easy to convince.”
What the three of them didn’t know was that Shisui had already opened the Mangekyō Sharingan, and also had a unique eye technique – Kotoamatsukami.
At this time, Kawasaki gave Shisui a direct look.
Shisui understood that the deputy clan leader Kawasaki wanted to use his Kotoamatsukami.
He then explained his abilities as a different god to the clan leader and two elders.
“Another pair of kaleidoscopes?”
The two old seniors were shocked. The Mangekyō Sharingan had rarely been seen in many years, but now two pairs appeared at once.
Fugaku’s heart was even more turbulent. With Kawasaki, Shisui and himself, there were now three pairs of Mangekyō Sharingan in the clan.
If it wasn’t for pushing Konoha to the front to take the blame, the possibility of a direct uprising being successful would have been very high. No wonder Danzo had his eyes on Shisui.
If Fugaku knew at this moment that his son Itachi had also opened the Mangekyō, he would probably faint from excitement.
Wait until the two elders leave.
Kawasaki asked, “Itachi, Shisui’s left eye is with you, right?”
Itachi responded, “As expected the deputy clan leader knows everything.”
He summoned Ninja Crow and took out the bottle containing the Sharingan.
“Shisui, we are going to unite the Uchiha clan next, so you need to get better soon.”
Shisui is fully aware of the heavy burden on his shoulders.
Now there is a way to preserve his family and avoid conflict with the village, and he must do his best.
“Deputy clan leader, I suspect that there are outsiders who are eyeing us Uchiha.”
Kawasaki nodded: “You mean the man who investigated the secret stone of the shrine?”
Itachi was stunned, he didn’t expect that the deputy chief had already heard of it.
“This person will surely create a huge wave in the ninja world in the future, but I am not sure of his true identity yet.”
“He has appeared next to the shrine’s secret stone many times. I suspect the words on the stone have been tampered with. Don’t believe it.”
Kawasaki took precautions in advance.
“Yes, deputy chief, I remember it.”
…..
Late at night, Itachi walked out after the discussion and saw Uchiha Izumi sitting on the bench next to him.
Quan had already dozed off in his chair.
Itachi remembered Izumi’s death in the illusion.
My heart suddenly twitched.
Itachi stepped forward and tapped Izumi’s shoulder, “What are you doing here?”
Izumi looked up dazedly: “Is it Itachi?”
Then he woke up.
“No…it’s okay, I’m going back.”
Quan’s cheeks flushed and he hurriedly stood up and tried to leave.
“spring…”
Itachi called out to her.
“Um?”
Quan turned around, looking lively and cute under the dim light.
Itachi was silent for a moment: “Let’s go eat three-colored meatballs tomorrow.”
“Boom! Boom!” Quan’s heartbeat was particularly clear in the quiet night.
The sudden happiness made her head smoke.
“Okay…Okay!”
Quan covered his face as if to escape: “See you at the river tomorrow!”
Itachi looked at Izumi walking away, a rare gentle smile appearing on his face.
Root base.
“Sir, the Third Hokage has sent someone to take Shisui’s left eye.”
Danzo gritted his teeth and said, “Go to the warehouse and get a Sharingan.”
The Root member said, “But we only have four Sharingan left.”
Danzo slapped the armrest heavily and said, “Don’t I know? If you don’t hand over an eye, you won’t be able to pass Hiruzen.”
“yes.”
The more Danzo thought about it, the angrier he got. “Asshole! This is such a shame!”
Danzo’s face was gloomy. He had never been plotted against like this before.
I suffered such a big loss today, it’s really like losing the rice while trying to gain the chicken.
I didn’t expect that Fugaku, who has always been cowardly, would actually be so cunning.
He pushed forward an elder to act as a mouthpiece, and was willing to openly break with the village just to save Shisui’s eyes.
We have to teach them a lesson.
The sky was just getting light, and the fourth elder, Uchiha Hinata, who had only rested for a few hours, arrived at the Konoha Police Station early in the morning.
Every morning, police officers come here to report for duty, take shifts, and hold a small meeting if necessary.
When he walked to his desk, a pile of complaint letters were waiting for him.
Most complaints were about Uchiha’s violent law enforcement.
His usual practice was to switch them around, moving the Uchiha member who was the subject of the complaint to another part of the village.
This would resolve the complaint and the Uchiha who was complained about would not be punished.
But today was different. He picked up a seal with “Suspension for Reflection” engraved on it and stamped it on the complaint letter.
In order to improve efficiency, the fourth elder specially assigned several shadow clones to work together.
No wonder Shadow Clone is called a magical skill. After a short while, all the complaint letters were handled.
Yang Ping checked carefully and found that according to his way of handling the matter, about 80% of the guards were dismissed.
They are all hawkish Uchiha. After all, they have tough personalities and it is common for them to offend people.
Some non-mainstream factions were also dismissed.
After everyone gathered, Yangping took the list and read out: “Yuta, Yangdou, Naoto, Yao, Qi…”
“All of you who I just read out, due to the complaints, you are all suspended and reflect on your work…”
Before Yang Ping finished speaking, the people below started to talk: “Fourth Elder! Is there a mistake? We’ve been suspended?”
Hinata glared and everyone immediately shut up.
“Idiot! What are you arguing about? You have other plans! Now, all of you, report to the deputy chief!”
Then he gave the people below a special look.
These people are all members of the Hawk faction, and they usually follow the lead of the Third Elder.
After Kawasaki’s strong demand for the return of the Shisui Eye last night.
They saw Kawasaki’s obvious hawkish style, and everyone understood it.
Chapter 9 Kawasaki’s plan! (Old version)
So, when the fourth elder glanced at him, the people below began to imagine things in their minds.
They thought the deputy chief might do something big, so they walked away silently.
After the “hawkish” people left, the lobby of the police station suddenly became empty.
Those who stayed were either members of their own “dove” faction or those who were impartial.
Yang Ping arranged: “Everyone here, today’s patrol area will be changed to our Uchiha family’s industrial area.”
“No matter what happens in other places, you are not allowed to get involved.”
“Protecting the Uchiha family business is the most important thing. Is everything clear?”
Although the people below are all “doves” and relatively rational Uchiha, they are usually troubled by the villagers’ criticisms.
When they heard that they didn’t need to worry about other places and only focused on Uchiha’s territory, they all agreed happily.
After assigning the patrol routes with great enthusiasm, everyone went out on patrol.
.
As the Third Generation expected, Uchiha Fugaku proposed a high-level meeting in the morning.
Those attending the meeting included the Sandai, Hyuga Hiashi, Uchiha Fugaku and Uchiha Kawasaki.
Danzo suffered a serious setback and hid in his own “Root Organization” without showing up.
Seeing that Fugaku brought Kawasaki with him again today, several people thought, could Fugaku really be cultivating this guy?
Today, Fugaku was respectful as usual, and said to the Sandai:
“Hokage-sama, please forgive me for being so anxious last night that I resorted to the worst possible strategy.”
The third representative looked pleasant on the outside, but he was actually worried inside.
Isn’t Fugaku here today to call for punishment?
“Fugaku, you are too polite. No ninja would be able to remain calm if faced with such a situation.”
Fugaku nodded and stepped aside to let Kawasaki speak.
Kawasaki spoke in a steady tone today: “The clan leader is well aware of the many conflicts between our guards and the villagers. In the long run, this will be detrimental to Konoha’s security.”
“The clan leader has started reforms of the police force and has suspended officers who were complained by villagers about violent law enforcement.”
“Hmm…” the Sanda agreed. What was the Uchiha trying to say?
How many Uchiha members have been complained about by villagers for violent law enforcement? Is there any Uchiha who has never been complained about?
I’m afraid 80% of them are. Are all of them suspended?
Kawasaki went on to say, “Many Uchiha members were suspended, and there were vacancies in the guard corps.”
“I asked the Hyuga clan leader to come here today to ask for support personnel from the Hyuga family to join the guard team and keep it running normally.”
“Wha…what?!”
Sandai and Hiashi couldn’t control their expressions at all and were stunned.
You know, the guard team has always been the Uchiha’s private territory.
Ninety-nine percent of the team members are from the Uchiha clan, and outsiders cannot get in at all.
This also led to the Uchiha’s sphere of influence being concentrated here.
Fugaku inviting outsiders into the guard team will undoubtedly greatly weaken his control over the guard team.
His influence on the entire village decreased, which meant he was getting further and further away from the position of Hokage.
Really? !
Is Fugaku trying to show that he is not keen on power in order to gain preferential treatment from the village?
Or are the Uchiha and Hyuga clans starting to join forces?
The third generation thought so, but had not yet made up his mind.
He spoke in an official tone: “I am pleased that Deputy Chief Kawasaki considers the relationship between the Uchiha and the village.”
“I have no objection. You can discuss it with Rizu in detail.”
Hiashi was not overwhelmed by this unexpected benefit. The first thing he thought of was what Fugaku was planning.
But since the benefits are right at their doorstep, the Hyuga family might as well try it as a trap.
After all, the Hyuga family is now becoming less powerful and its authority in Konoha is also declining.
If we can gradually control the guards…Hiashi gave Fugaku and Kawasaki a friendly smile.
Kawasaki also laughed.
We Uchiha have been thundering and lightning for a long time, and now it is your Hyuga family’s turn to test the waters.
Konoha Sanjo Street is a bustling commercial district.
There are pubs, restaurants, hot springs and casinos.
Friction is likely to arise in crowded places, especially commercial streets.
Usually there is a team of Uchiha guards patrolling here.
But today there is no trace of him.
At this time, a drunkard was thrown out of the tavern, reeking of alcohol.
The tavern owner came out and said, “You acted wild after a few sips of wine, and you want to eat a free meal?”
The drunkard burped: “What’s the big deal? I just owe you some money for drinks.”
“He has no money but dares to be so arrogant. Teach him a lesson!”
The boss called two waiters and started beating and kicking the drunkard.
After beating for a long time, the drunkard stopped only when his face was bruised and swollen.
The drunkard was beaten all over, and there were many people watching around him.
Usually when there is a fight the security team would arrive quickly, but today it was rare that we didn’t see the security team, so everyone just watched the fun.
It took the drunkard a while to get up. He was very angry when he saw so many villagers pointing at him.
He cursed a few words fiercely and squeezed out of the crowd.
Seeing that the excitement had faded, the crowd gradually dispersed.
Unexpectedly, in less than ten minutes, the drunkard came back.
He is holding a pot in his hand, and you don’t have to guess, it’s filled with wine.
But his expression was a little dull and his behavior was mechanical.
The drunkard didn’t drink it. Instead, he blocked the mouth of the pot with a cloth, lit it, and threw it directly at the door of the tavern.
With a bang, the alcohol quickly ignited the door curtain, and the fire was not big at first.
But in the dark, a “Root” member wearing a mask and white clothes was secretly performing hand seals.
Wind Style: Big Breakthrough!
He controlled the amount of chakra and blew it out in one breath.
A gust of wind blew along the fire.
The fire spread quickly to the wooden structure with the help of the wind, causing chaos around it.
After burning for a while, a Chunin passed by and put out the fire using water jutsu.
In such a short period of time, the door of the tavern had been blackened and the sign was completely destroyed.
Although no one was injured, the pub will definitely be closed for a few days.
After smashing the wine jug, the drunkard suddenly sobered up and didn’t understand what happened to him.
But now that things have come to this, I can only slip away in the chaos.
The tavern owner was so angry that he cursed.
“Damn the security team. They hang around when nothing happens, but when something bad happens, they are nowhere to be found. I want to file a complaint against them!”
The tavern door was burned and the owner was unable to do business, so he hurried to the Konoha Guard Headquarters.
There were still a lot of people queuing outside the complaint room, but they all came out quickly with strange expressions on their faces.
Soon it was the tavern owner’s turn and he pushed the door open.
The person he saw was Hinata, the fourth elder of the Uchiha clan, sitting leisurely.
“Elder Hinata! I want to complain!”
Uchiha Hinata took out the complaint form and placed it in front of him: “What do you want to complain about?”
The tavern owner said: “I want to complain that there was no security team to take care of the incident.”
“Oh, where exactly is your store? What’s the name of the store?”
“It’s on Konoha Sanjo Street, at the Shimizu Tavern.”
“Let me see.” Yang Ping took a stack of complaint forms and flipped through them.
“Found it.”
Chapter 10 Kawasaki’s strength improves! Obito! (Old version)
Hinata pulled out a complaint form.
“The security team on your side is the Ninth Security Team, led by Uchiha Haruki, Oura, and Rikuto.”
“But they have all been suspended from their duties now, so you don’t have a security team to maintain order for the time being.”
“What?! Why was he suspended?”
The tavern owner was stunned. Would people from the Uchiha family also be suspended?
“You should ask yourself this. A week ago, someone caused trouble in your tavern, and you gave that person a lesson…”
“The Ninth Security Team arrested all of you, and you reported them for abusing violence. Have you forgotten?”
The tavern owner suddenly remembered that this was the case.
He asked several shop assistants to deal with the troublemaker together, but the Uchiha security team came and stopped them.
He felt aggrieved, so he reported those Uchiha people.
“Well, I think they are actually pretty good. Can I withdraw my report?”
Elder Yang Ping waved his hand and said, “That won’t work. Our deputy clan leader has set new clan rules.”
“All Uchiha clan members must be on good terms with the villagers. It is only right that our clan members should be suspended and reflect on their mistakes.”
The tavern owner felt so bitter, because in the past when someone caused trouble, the Uchiha came very quickly, so why was he so unlucky?
“So, when will the new security team be in place?”
Elder Yangping comforted him, “You don’t have to worry at all. We will deploy personnel and arrange a security team as soon as possible.”
After coming out of the Konoha Security Team, the tavern owner always felt that something was wrong.
Normally I feel relaxed after reporting something, but today I am making a complaint.
But it’s like hitting cotton with a fist, and there are thorns hidden in the cotton.
The tavern owner left in a gloomy mood.
Elder Yangping felt relieved after dealing with complaints for a day, and vaguely understood the purpose of the deputy clan leader’s actions.
Dealing with these complaints often makes him so angry that he feels dizzy and exhausted after a day’s work.
Today is different, everything goes smoothly. Those people came aggressively and left in disgrace.
The elder couldn’t help laughing.
What is the Uchiha family doing?
Obito, wearing a mask, appeared in the Uchiha clan’s territory.
He watched what happened last night from beginning to end, and didn’t understand why Fugaku did this?
Just for a Sharingan for a clan member?
In the end, he got his Sharingan back and suspended so many people on his security team.
Is he trying to show goodwill to the Third Hokage?
Fugaku sided with the reformists?
However, there are a lot more people in the tribe now, so I have to be more careful next time.
Let Kirigakure investigate the situation.
No useful information could be found, the space distorted, and Obito left.
Kirigakure
After being scared away by Uchiha Shisui last time, Qing was often laughed at.
Now the Great Elder has ordered Qing to explore Konoha again and capture the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki if there is a chance!
Now Konoha’s Uchiha Security Team has undergone a major reshuffle.
Shisui had his Sharingan taken away by Elder Danzo.
Although Danzo later returned the Sharingan, Shisui and the village should have broken off completely.
The news about Konoha reached Kirigakure in a short time.
You have to know that Kirigakure and Konoha are separated by several villages and are on an island, so the journey is long.
The people of Kirigakure are accustomed to such timely intelligence, because this great elder rose to the position by virtue of his outstanding intelligence.
Everyone in Kirigakure thinks that the Great Elder controls a secret force.
He specializes in investigating the ninja world, so the great elder has a high prestige.
After receiving the order, Qing felt that this was a rare opportunity, so he gathered the team members and set off immediately.
Danzo’s “Root” organization is fanning the flames on the streets.
Or create chaos, but no Uchiha security team comes to intervene.
The damaged merchants all went to the security team headquarters to complain.
But the Uchiha clan seemed indifferent.
The unified reply was: the personnel had been suspended after the complaints and there was a shortage of staff.
However, it is impossible for anything to go wrong in Uchiha’s own shop.
Several teams of Uchiha security were milling around, turning a blind eye to the conflict in the nearby streets.
Many merchants simply complained directly to the third generation.
The third generation looked at the thick stack of complaint forms on the table.
He rubbed his brows and said, “So, the Uchiha stopped 80% of the team in one day?”
The Anbu responded: “Yes, Uchiha started dealing with the people who were previously complained about this morning. All of them have been suspended for reflection.”
“The security team is short-staffed right now, and there are frequent security issues outside, but no one is paying attention.”
What is Kawasaki doing, or what is Fugaku doing?
The Third Generation had no idea of ​​Uchiha’s intentions. This little thing didn’t seem like revenge against Konoha.
After all, if the situation escalates, it is natural that the Anbu will intervene.
Besides, Kawasaki had already contacted the Hyuga family in advance and asked the Hyuga family to take over.
The Sandai took a puff of his pipe and asked, “How is the talk between the Hyuga family and Kawasaki going?”
“Uchiha Kawasaki gave all security team deployments and patrol routes to the Hyuga family without reservation.”
“It’s just that the Hyuga family needs to dispatch some personnel to familiarize themselves with the route. It will take a week.”
The deployment and patrol of the security team has always been the responsibility of the Uchiha family, and the Hyuga family does need time to make the arrangements.
The Sandaime tapped his pipe and said, “Pay attention to the Anbu this week. If something big happens, intervene directly. Once the Hyuga family takes over, you can withdraw.”
Uchiha clan territory, training ground.
Since most of the security team members were suspended, the four elders kept them all in the clan land.
Many security team members had nothing to do, so they spontaneously came to the training ground to practice.
“Hey! Yang Shu!”
Uchiha Yangshu, who was practicing shuriken, stopped. It was his teammates Oura and Rikuto.
“What’s wrong?”
These two have been partners for a long time and have a good private relationship, so they can be considered friends.
Oura smiled and said, “You didn’t go out, so you didn’t know that the Qingshui Tavern was burned down today?”
Yang Shu raised his eyebrows: “The pub on Third Street?”
“Yes, he got into trouble with the drunkard again today. The drunkard was not convinced after being beaten, so he turned around and burned down his store. He won’t be able to open his business for the time being.”
Lu Ren felt a little gloating.
“No one stopped it?”
Oura shook his head: “Where are the people left? All our Uchiha people from the first to the seventh streets have been suspended.”
“So they don’t complain?”
Lu Ren laughed: “Complain, why not complain, but complaining is useless, we don’t have anyone in the security team now.”
“Usually, those bosses are very happy, and they either say we don’t enforce the law strictly or complain about our violence.”
“The Uchiha didn’t care today, but they came here again. How despicable.”
“I heard that the Fourth Elder was very happy today and was even humming a song while walking in the aisle.”
Yang Shu also laughed after hearing this: “We Uchiha have been bullied so much in the past, these people deserve it.”
Da Pu asked, “The Fourth Elder has suspended our work and has not mentioned any new tasks.”
“Yang Shu, do you know what the deputy chief wants us to do?”
Yang Shu shook his head: “I don’t know much about it, but the deputy chief said that we had a hard time in the guard team…”
“Just give us a week off, and we’ll have another task to do a week later.”
Night falls quietly.
Uchiha Kawasaki has been honing himself in the clan’s training ground.
He just got the Mangekyō Sharingan, which gave him a huge leap in abilities….
Chapter 11: If you are strong, why do you need recognition from others? (Old version)
Whether it’s the sharpness of vision, the power of illusion, or the flexibility of the body, there has been a great improvement.
But apart from a big move called Susanoo, his Mangekyo didn’t unlock any other eye-jutsu skills.
This made Kawasaki feel worried, but he was not in a hurry because he didn’t need it now anyway.
Kawasaki could clearly feel that his eyesight was much stronger than anyone else’s.
While practicing, he was also thinking in his mind, wanting to see who in the tribe had a talent for business.
However, most Uchiha ninjas are good at fighting, and very few of them understand business and management.
There was a young man named Uchiha Keiaki who stood out.
Although he only opened the double magatama at the age of seventeen, he also has other abilities: business, scientific research, and logistics management.
Qiming used to be Kawasaki’s teammate. This kid is actually an all-rounder. I didn’t see that before. He needs to be trained well.
In addition to the Uchiha ninjas, ordinary villagers are also within Kawasaki’s consideration.
Most of these villagers run small businesses in Konoha Village, and some of them are quite talented.
Kawasaki silently took note of all these people, which was the final link in his plan.
Kawasaki was surrounded by a group of tribesmen practicing in twos and threes.
From time to time, trivial things from the outside world floated into his ears.
Tired of practicing, Kawasaki sat down to the side, drank some water and rested.
At this time, Fugaku was listening to the reports from the third and fourth elders.
“Clan leader, today I have taught the Hyuga family the defensive layout and patrol routes of our guard team.”
“It will probably take a week for the Hyuga family to send someone to study and officially take up the post.”
Fugaku nodded.
“Did those people cause any trouble after they came back?”
Fugaku asked.
The third elder shook his head: “No, those troublemakers just stayed in the training ground when they came back today, or gathered together to chat, without making any noise.”
The fourth elder continued, “Of course they won’t make a scene. Today they are just watching the fun.”
“What’s the excitement?”
The third elder spends all day in the clan and doesn’t pay much attention to what’s happening outside.
The fourth elder said with a smug look on his face: “Those merchants on the street, when we Uchiha were here, they complained every day…”
“It’s not that the law enforcement is lax or that it’s too slow, but the most complaints are about violent law enforcement.”
“Today everyone came to ask where the guards were.”
“You don’t know, the look in their eyes when they asked us when we would send someone.”
The fourth elder clicked his tongue, looking very proud.
Now you are thinking about us Uchiha, hey, we Uchiha won’t serve you anymore.
He now understood more or less why Kawasaki did this.
The third elder also tasted something and looked at Fugaku.
Fugaku nodded, “I can see that too. Kawasaki is trying to give his clan members an outlet. Kawasaki said this is just the beginning and there will be many more opportunities for the Uchiha in the future.”
Uchiha is actually the most suitable for guard duty, after all, every Uchiha is a jack of all trades.
He is good at illusion and can immediately subdue troublemakers. He also has observation skills and can find problems in time.
He has fierce physical skills, is agile, and can arrive at the scene quickly.
But because of what happened in the past, the people of Konoha chose to ignore these things.
The Uchiha clan members have always wanted the villagers to recognize them.
In fact, Uchiha never needs recognition from others.
Because the strong do not need recognition from others!
Just as Kawasaki expected.
The security situation in Konoha has not been very good these days.
There are no major conflicts, and no one cares about petty thefts.
Fortunately, the Third Hokage asked the Anbu to keep an eye on it, otherwise there might have been a big mess.
There are no complaints from the guards, but there are people asking about it every day.
When can new people be sent? But there is no one who can be sent out from Uchiha.
There was no other way, the merchants could only report to the Hokage.
Although not everyone can see Naruto.
But these villagers have lived in Konoha for so long, and they are more or less related to each other. With so many people, their opinions naturally reached the third generation.
The third generation had no choice but to urge the Hyuga family to take over as soon as possible.
At the urging of the Third Generation, the Hyuga family arrived two days earlier, and on the sixth day, the guards from various locations finally arrived at their posts.
However, the team configuration is a little less than that of Uchiha.
The Hyuga family has the Byakugan for observation and the Gentle Fist for sealing chakra, so they are considered good members of the guard team.
Sure enough, as soon as the Hyuga family took over, public security immediately improved.
The person in charge of the guard team is Hyuga Hizashi, and the guard team is composed entirely of people from the Hyuga branch family.
Hizashi learned the lesson from the Uchiha and required all Hyuga guards to enforce the law gently to prevent complaints from the villagers.
The Hyuga branch was originally fighting on the front lines, with a caged bird carved on his head.
Although he is from Hyuga, he is not arrogant and is very approachable.
Therefore, most disputes among residents are resolved through persuasion.
Seeing that the noble Hyuga family was so easy to talk to, the residents praised them one after another.
“The Hyuga family is really reliable.”
“So much gentler than the Uchiha.”
“It’s time for the Hyuga family to be in charge of the guard team.”
Kawasaki and Itachi were walking on the street. Itachi had already resigned from his position as Anbu from the Third Hokage.
Kawasaki wanted to have more contact with Itachi. After all, Itachi would be a powerful fighter in the future, but his illness had to be solved.
Fugaku also let Itachi get closer to Kawasaki, and Itachi admired Kawasaki’s wisdom.
They both wanted to see the villagers’ reaction as the Uchiha slowly withdrew from the guard.
“Itachi, what do you think our people need most?”
Kawasaki was chatting with Itachi while looking around the streets of Konoha. It was called a village, but it was quite large.
Looking at the prosperity of this street, the permanent population is at least hundreds of thousands. No wonder Uchiha always wanted to take power.
Unfortunately, the future changes in the ninja world cannot be influenced by these hundreds of thousands of ordinary people.
After all, Konoha is only superficially prosperous due to the lack of high-end combat power.
The long-term high-pressure policy has made the Hokage lineage no longer trust the Uchiha.
Not to mention becoming Hokage, there wasn’t even a position of advisory elder left for the Uchiha.
No wonder the Uchiha have so much dissatisfaction.
The more the Hokage lineage refused to give up power, the tighter the Uchiha kept their guard team under control. During the Nine-Tails incident, it was clearly the top leaders who did not allow the Uchiha to participate in the war.
In the end, it became a reason for the villagers’ suspicion.
It is difficult to tell whether this trend of public opinion was caused by the Hokage faction or not, but we don’t know whether the mastermind behind this is Danzo or the Third Hokage.
Itachi thought about it seriously and said, “Deputy Chief, I think it’s a sense of belonging.”
Kawasaki waved his hand: “Just call me senior.”
As for the sense of identity, how many jonin have come out of our Uchiha clan? How many can we count in the entire Konoha Village?
In Konoha, the number of officially registered jonin only adds up to about two hundred.
A jonin can usually lead three or five four-man teams, and even more in times of war, so the jonin has a very heavy role.
But in the guard team, even a Jonin from the Uchiha family can only be a team leader.
There are more than thirty such jonin team leaders in the security team.
“We Uchiha Jonins are obviously more numerous than other ninja clans, but they are all hiding in this small world of the Guard Team.”
“As long as you stay in the Guard, Uchiha people will never get real recognition. Every day you just deal with trivial matters, and your spirit will slowly wear out.”
“We Uchiha are strong in our own right, why do we need others’ recognition?”
Chapter 12 Dare to come to Konoha and act wild! (Old version)
After listening to Kawasaki’s words, Itachi nodded as if he understood something.
“I heard that the Hyuga family is doing a good job and there are few complaints. What do you think, Senior?”
Itachi thought about it and looked towards the street.
Kawasaki felt much more relieved when he heard Itachi change his tone to call him senior.
Kawasaki always felt uncomfortable with the title of deputy clan leader that Fugaku gave him on a whim.
Kawasaki followed his gaze.
There were two Hyuga family guards over there, busy mediating a dispute.
After a while.
“Few complaints?”
He raised the corner of his mouth and said, “The work of the security team is not easy.”
As expected, the dispute there escalated.
The two people being mediated raised their voices: “Who do you think you are to mind my business? My wife is from the Yamanaka clan.”
“So what if I’m from the Yamanaka clan? My last name is Shimura, understand? I’m from the clan of the advisory elder Shimura Danzo…”
The two Hyuga family members were caught in the middle, in a dilemma, not knowing whether to catch them or not.
“Sir, it was obviously you who made the mistake first, and the others were just defending themselves.”
Hinata Aikawa still explained patiently.
After all, Nichi had instructed that unless the situation was serious, one should try not to arrest anyone.
“You are just a member of the Hyuga branch family, a watchdog, and you dare to control me?”
The man was drunk and was punching and kicking Hinata Aikawa who was restraining him, and his words were extremely harsh.
Hinata Aikawa’s face darkened. This really touched a sore spot. For the people of the branch family, this was the biggest taboo.
Then he put his fingers together and pointed them at the drunkard’s body.
The drunk man was hit on the acupuncture points and fell to the ground instantly. His face hit the ground, and his nose was bleeding. He cried out: “You are abusing violence. I want to file a complaint against you!”
Hinata Aikawa’s face turned pale when he saw the villagers around him pointing at him.
Quickly pull up your teammates and take the drunk away.
Uchiha Itachi watched the scene from the side and felt it was familiar.
Because he often saw Shisui encountering such things, and Shisui always chose to take the initiative to apologize and reconcile.
This made some people in the family quite dissatisfied with Shisui.
Most of the merchants here are related to big families.
Every time there is a conflict, he uses his background to threaten others.
Therefore, the Uchiha were often caught in the middle, feeling torn.
I had no choice but to smooth things over, but many Uchiha people are easily emotional.
It won’t work if you try to smooth things over. Just get straight to the point if you can’t agree.
Now these things are thrown to the Hyuga family, and it seems that the Hyuga family is not much better than us Uchiha.
Itachi admired Kawasaki even more.
Kawasaki saw Itachi’s expression and smiled.
Many Uchiha people have encountered this kind of thing, but Uchiha never indulges these people.
The Uchiha people are proud and disdain hypocritical responses. They always enforce the law impartially, arresting those who should be arrested and imprisoning those who should be imprisoned.
Over the years, the Uchiha have become accustomed to this way of doing things.
And this is exactly the design of the second generation Tobirama. If you want to enforce the law impartially, you will definitely offend the ninja clan.
Having offended the ninja clan, he naturally would not get a vote of confidence in the Hokage election.
So Uchiha is not qualified to be Hokage at all.
Otherwise, based on Fugaku’s achievements in the Third Ninja World War.
Not to mention the Hokage, it’s impossible that he couldn’t even become an advisory elder.
Although the guard patrolling the area has been replaced.
But the Hyuga clan is obviously much inferior to the Uchiha clan in handling such matters.
At least the Uchiha people will arrest or imprison you no matter who your backers are.
The Hyuga branch family is too heavily restricted by the main family, their actions are restricted, and they are extremely busy.
Right now.
Kawasaki selected some business-minded civilians from the Uchiha clan and set off quietly.
It is easy to leave Konoha but difficult to come in, and civilians are generally not checked when leaving the village.
There are quite a few civilians among the Uchiha who do not have the talent to be a ninja, and many of them will never be able to open their eyes in their entire lives.
Apart from his surname Uchiha, he is actually no different from an ordinary person.
Kawasaki worked in the catering industry in his previous life, and these days he has been busy writing recipes and planning.
These delicacies are probably unprecedented in this world.
Outside the Konoha barrier.
Qing led seven elite members of the Hidden Mist and was rapidly approaching Konoha.
“Eye roll!”
The blood vessels in Qing’s right eye bulged. After investigation, he found out that the Konoha Guard was actually from the Hyuga clan.
Not the Uchiha clan.
“It seems that there is a rift between the Uchiha and Konoha. Our chance has come! Let’s go!”
Qing was ecstatic. Although the Hyuga family was also a family that practiced dojutsu, the threat they posed was far less than that of the Uchiha family.
The range of vision of the white eye is related to the purity, exercise and strength of the eye.
After Qing obtained the Byakugan, he practiced day and night. In addition, the Byakugan of this clan was of high purity and had a very long vision range.
And Qing found through long-term use that if you observe a 360-degree range, the viewing distance will be shortened.
If you focus in one direction, the viewing distance will be very far.
People’s attention is usually focused 180 degrees ahead.
The habit of using the white eyes also extends the forward field of vision.
Although the range of his white eye is smaller.
But the sight distance is farther than those people were trained for.
As long as the patrolling Hyuga members don’t need to look behind them before he gets close.
They have a chance.
“Follow my steps closely, there are people from the Hyuga family patrolling ahead.”
“Yes! Lord Qing.”
Roll your eyes!
Unable to use ninjutsu, Qing led the Kirigakure team in a roundabout way.
Hinata Morisuke led his teammates on patrol, turning on his Byakugan every once in a while.
Everything is normal in the distance, nothing unusual.
He didn’t know that a group of people were approaching from behind him.
When he turned, Kirigakure turned with him.
Qing didn’t know why this Hinata didn’t just look back with his eyes rolled up.
But when I saw Morisuke turned around, I knew his attention was on the front.
As the distance got closer, the people from Kirigakure rushed forward quickly.
The purpose is to get into attack range before the Byakugan can detect the sides and rear.
Hinata Morisuke’s expression tensed!
“careful!”
A flash of a knife appeared from behind Hinata Morisuke.
The target is Yusuke Kobayashi…
“hiss…”
Morisuke was a beat slow, and just as he was about to perform his soft fist, Kobayashi Yusuke had already fallen down, holding his neck.
“hateful!”
A ninja wearing bandages and holding a big sword suddenly appeared in the fog.
“It’s Zabuza!”
“Silent killing technique!”
Hinata Morisuke immediately opened his Byakugan and conducted a comprehensive visual survey.
In the surrounding fog, several waves of chakra reactions surged and fiercely pounced on his team!
The remaining two Chunins fell dead in a pool of blood before they could even fire a flare.
Several other figures appeared, all dressed in uniforms of the Kirigakure Assassination Force. The leader was Qing, who had an eyepatch on his right eye!
“It’s you! How dare you come to Konoha and act wild!”
Hinata Morisuke assumed a gentle fist stance, but his heart felt heavy.
Ao lost one of his Byakugan during the Third Ninja World War, and he was considered the Hyuga family’s mortal enemy.
The name was prominently listed on Konoha’s golden wanted poster.
He is definitely not an easy person to deal with.
Qing stepped on the branch, “It’s a pity that he is just a member of the Hyuga branch, otherwise there would be another pair of white eyes.”
Hinata Morisuke was speechless. Why would the main family appear on patrol on the outskirts of Konoha?
Looking around at the eight Mist Ninjas surrounding him, the chakra level showed that they were all at the Jonin level.
The one with the lowest chakra level is Zabuza, and it looks like he won’t be able to escape today.
Chapter 13: Kirigakure’s actions! Worship Kawasaki! (Old version)
Hinata Morisuke assumed a soft fist stance.
Zabuza’s voice came from under the bandages: “Let me test his strength.”
Qing nodded and said, “Quick and decisive battle.”
Hinata Morisuke was so furious that he used himself as a target for training.
Zabuza used the silent killing technique and disappeared into the mist again.
Unfortunately, Hinata Morisuke had already opened his Byakugan and his eyes were always fixed on Zabuza.
Seeing that there was no opportunity, Zabuza drew his sword and rushed straight towards Morisuke.
Hinata Morisuke has a solid foundation in soft boxing, and Zabuza has fierce swordsmanship, and the two immediately engage in a fierce confrontation.
According to the tradition of the Hyuga family, Morisuke is used to striking back, and he responded calmly to Zabuza’s repeated attacks.
Zabuza seemed to be extremely confident in his swordsmanship. He was not afraid of the physical confrontation and fought with Morisuke with his sword.
Zabuza was already somewhat famous at this time, although he had not yet been included in the Seven Ninja Swordsmen.
But he is already a leader among his peers in Kirigakure, and his physical training is also quite advanced.
Unfortunately, he met the Hyuga clan who restrained him.
Hinata Morisuke had several good opportunities to get rid of Zabuza, but he endured it.
He knew his mission clearly; he had to sound the alarm, otherwise the place on the guard team that the Hyuga clan had fought so hard to obtain would be brought disgrace by his own dereliction of duty.
The two fighting figures moved quickly and finally hit a corner. Hinata Morisuke found a flaw and slapped the side of Zabuza’s sword.
With a crisp sound, Zabuza had not expected the opponent to be so strong, and the sword flew out of his hand.
Hinata Morisuke dragged his broken arm and flashed back, with warning fireworks in his hand.
“Don’t even think about it!”
Several people from the Mist Village were originally supporting on the side, and at this moment several shurikens instantly blocked Hinata Morisuke’s retreat.
However, Hinata Morisuke turned around and bumped into him.
He used his own flesh and blood to meet those shurikens.
The warning fireworks in his hand were launched with a bang.
A nearby Kirigakure kicked Hinata Morisuke in the waist, knocking him to the ground and rolling several times.
Blood gushed out of Hinata Morisuke’s mouth, and his chest, neck and head were pierced by several shurikens.
In a short time, Hinata Morisuke died. The caged bird on his forehead flickered, and his eyes lost their color and disappeared.
The emergency signal from here was quickly received in the nearby forest.
Several new flares exploded in the sky.
Qing glared at Hinata Morisuke fiercely, and then cast a stern look at Zabuza.
“It’s come to this, retreat!”
Several people quickly evacuated the scene.
There was a sound of rapid leaps as three ANBU members jumped into the arena.
One of them was wearing a fox mask, had messy silver hair, and carried a sword. It was none other than Hatake Kakashi.
After Kakashi landed, he quickly pulled up his forehead protector, revealing his Sharingan. After a brief survey around him, he made a gesture to his other two companions.
The other two ANBU quickly checked the bodies of everyone.
Report to Kakashi: “Physical attack, thick fog cover.”
“Knife wounds, assassination techniques, most likely done by Kirigakure!”
Kakashi nodded: “Although the enemy has retreated, we cannot rule out the possibility that they will return. I will report to the Third Hokage now.”
Since the Third Shinobi World War, Kirigakure has often sent people to harass Konoha, but they were all repelled by the Uchiha clan before.
Unexpectedly, four Konoha ninjas died here this time, including the Hyuga family, which had the strongest reconnaissance capabilities.
The situation is serious.
Inside the Hokage’s office.
After listening to Kakashi’s report, the Third Hokage frowned and said, “Please ask Hizashi to come over.”
It is unbelievable that the Byakuyan, which has the strongest detective ability, was attacked by surprise.
In the past, the Uchiha were responsible for the security work outside Konoha, and they had never suffered such a big loss.
Unexpectedly, as soon as I changed to the Hyuga family, Kirigakure would take the opportunity to come.
Fortunately, the warning fireworks were released in time, otherwise this group of fog-hidden creatures would have sneaked into the village and the consequences would have been disastrous.
Kakashi stepped back.
The sound of crutches was heard, and the person who came was none other than Danzo Shimura who had been stripped of his position.
The Third Hokage was not surprised to see Danzo. After all, even though Danzo had lost his position as Hokage’s assistant, he was still an advisory elder.
The position of Hokage’s assistant is just an empty title to him.
After all, the Third Hokage had many things that were inconvenient for him to do personally, and he still had to rely on Danzo.
The Third Hokage took a puff from his pipe.
“Danzo, are the recent public security problems your fault?”
“Hmph, I don’t understand what you are talking about.”
“Now that the Uchiha have all withdrawn from the Guard, the remaining Uchiha are only guarding their own shops. You’d better keep quiet.”
Danzo did make a fuss for a few days, but later found that Uchiha would not take the bait at all, and his actions became a laughing stock.
He did not respond to this question, but continued with his previous suggestion: “The members of the Root are all loyal and are very suitable to be incorporated into the guard team.”
The Third Hokage understood Danzo’s plan and waved his hand irritably, “We’ll discuss this later. I’ll go find Hizashi to find out the situation first.”
“Hiruzen, think about this carefully.”
Danzo did not insist, as he knew very well that the Third Hokage would not allow him to extend the power of the Root to the guard force.
So he slowly left on crutches.
During this time, the Guard came under attack.
Moreover, the news of the sacrifice of a team and a Hyuga family member has already spread to the Uchiha family.
At this time, Kawasaki was visiting Shisui. Shisui’s eyes had been successfully reattached. He had to admit that replacing eyes was indeed simple.
Even if there is no special physical condition, operations such as eye transplants are considered simple and easy minor operations here.
Look at Nohara Rin, she was able to install the Sharingan for Kakashi on the battlefield.
You can imagine how common this type of medical technology is in this world.
Of course, the most amazing thing is Tsunade’s Palm Senjutsu, a technique passed down by her.
It can quickly repair all kinds of injuries and greatly reduce the probability of death.
If Shisui didn’t have other injuries, the eye transplant alone wouldn’t have kept him bedridden for a week.
“Senior, I don’t have any serious problems, why do you have to make me stay at home for so long?”
Shisui originally called him deputy clan leader, but Kawasaki stopped him and in order to get closer to him, he asked Shisui to call him senior directly.
“The Leaf Village is in turmoil right now, and many people are eyeing us Uchiha. I asked you to rest at home, firstly to allow you to fully recover, and secondly to allow the situation to ferment for a while.”
In Kawasaki’s mind, although Shisui is not very smart, he is really capable.
Besides, Shisui is still young and has a huge room for growth.
The Sharingan is a big burden for Shisui now, and Susanoo cannot be used at will.
But if used properly, Bie Tianshen can be a great help.
“Deputy Chief! There you are! Shisui, how is your recovery going?”
The visitor’s name is Uchiha Yaoyue, and he is considered to be a relatively obedient person in the faction.
A week ago, Kawasaki defeated the Hokage, and since then Yaoyue has admired Kawasaki very much.
Chapter 14 The Hyuga Clan! (Old Version)
Interestingly, his younger brother is Uchiha Keiaki.
One is carefree and the other is smart. It is hard to imagine that two people with such different personalities are brothers.
The third elder simply handed him over to Kawasaki, and he came here this time to inform the guard team of the news of the attack.
“That’s the situation. What’s strange is that a Hyuga clan member was involved, and there was almost no time to send out a warning signal.”
“Sure enough, the Hyuuga are no match for us Uchiha. The guard was attacked immediately without an Uchiha stationed there.”
Kawasaki ignored Yaoyue’s boasting. He knew in his heart why he was attacked even though he had the Byakugan.
Although the white eyes have super long-range vision, they do not have all-round super long-range vision.
The visible distance is different when focusing on a certain direction and observing from all angles.
When the Hyuga branch members use their Byakugan to look into the distance, they habitually turn their bodies to observe.
This is because they have a visual blind spot one degree backward from their first thoracic vertebra, so they are accustomed to using the vision in front of them when looking far away.
If someone had a sight range that could suppress them, they would be able to see the Hyuga clan member turn around.
The viewing range of the Hyuga Byakugan depends on the purity of the Byakugan and the strength of the user.
The only one who can suppress Hinata Morisuke in this regard is the main family’s eye at the Jonin level.
Since there is the shadow of Kirigakure, this matter is most likely done by Qing of Kirigakure.
Because the Hyuga family only lost one of their main Byakugans during the Third Ninja World War.
The last time Ao intended to cause trouble in Konoha, he was scared off by Shisui’s illusion. He is a very cautious person.
“Now that Hyuga Hiashi has gone to report to the Third Hokage, Deputy Clan Leader, do you think Hyuga will ask us Uchiha for help?”
Kawasaki looked at Yaoyue with a bit of amusement. Even though he was already a three-magatama jonin, he was definitely a commanding-level figure among other ninja clans.
But Yaoyue has a simple mind. Although he was promoted to Jonin because of his performance during the war, he actually achieved it through his own strength and has almost never commanded other teams.
In his opinion, the Uchiha can do well in things that other ninja clans cannot do, so they will naturally come for help.
Because in Yaoyue’s eyes, Uchiha is the most powerful.
“It will definitely come, but we will not get involved in this mess again.”
“Yaoyue, go and ask the clan leader to come to the conference room and tell him I’m waiting for him there.”
“Yes! Deputy Chief!”
Yaoyue was very excited, guessing that the deputy patriarch might have an action plan.
Looking at Yaoyue’s hurriedly leaving back, Kawasaki waved his hand: “Shisui, get ready, I may need you in a few days.”
Shisui touched his eyes and nodded resolutely.
….
When Kawasaki arrived at the meeting room, Fugaku was already waiting there.
“Kawasaki, what do you think about this?”
The previous message was sent by Fugaku.
“The Hyuga clan is qualified as the outer guard of the guard team. This attack was an accident.”
“Because their separated family has a defect in their Byakugan, this defect causes problems in their usage habits.”
Kawasaki then explains to Fugaku the visual blind spot caused by the white-eyed caged bird.
And how the purity and strength of the Byakugan affects the detection range and viewing distance.
At the same time, speculation about the attackers was put forward.
Fugaku suddenly realized that it was no wonder that the Hyuga family was attacked. It turned out that the Byakugan of the Hyuga branch had such a defect.
Are the eyes that can foresee the future so powerful?
Fugaku imagined it to be Kawasaki’s kaleidoscope ability, otherwise outsiders would not be able to know such a secret.
“Kawasaki…”
Fugaku said earnestly: “The power of the Mangekyō Sharingan should not be abused.”
“Otherwise, your eyes will soon go blind.”
Kawasaki nodded. It seemed that Fugaku really trusted him. “Don’t worry, Patriarch. I know what’s going on. Thank you for your concern.”
Seeing that Kawasaki understood the situation, Fugaku nodded with relief.
“How will Hinata handle this matter?”
“Hinata only needs to send two branch teams to completely solve this problem.”
“But the Hyuga family has a fatal weakness, and that is insufficient manpower!”
The number of Uchiha clan ninjas is less than that of Hyuga clan.
Because everyone in the Hyuga family can open their Byakugan, almost everyone can fight.
Naturally there are quite a few people.
But the Hyuga main family will not leave the territory, and the guardians of the main family are also branch families.
This reduces the number of available people by half.
Besides, going out on patrol requires at least the strength of a Chunin.
The Hyuga family, which has dispersed most of its human resources to maintain law and order in the village, is bound to be unable to cope with external patrols.
“Now that you are still the head of the guard, the Hyuga family will definitely consult with you.”
“Then we can…”
In response to the Sandai’s questioning, Hyuga Hizashi insisted that the attacker must be Ao of Kirigakure.
As for why the eye roll was ineffective, he was vague and evasive in his words.
The Third Hokage did not delve into the details, after all, this was not the first time that the Kirigakure had invaded.
He just ordered Hiashi to strengthen the defense and prevent similar incidents from happening again.
Because the third generation has been busy negotiating with Kumogakure recently to discuss a peace agreement.
The three generations have been exhausted from the back and forth tug of war and have lost much energy to pay attention to this matter.
After Hizashi returned to his clan land to discuss with Hiashi, he came to the Uchiha territory in the evening as expected and asked to meet Fugaku.
“Captain Fugaku, our guard team is currently short of manpower for deployment.”
“Do you think it would be possible to bring back some of the Uchiha family members who have been suspended from their duties?”
Fugaku waved his hand: “My people don’t obey orders very well. It may not be easy to get them to go back now.”
“And mobilizing family members is not an easy task.”
Fugaku obviously didn’t want to get involved in this mess anymore.
Hizashi smiled bitterly and said, “Captain Fugaku, I now understand the grievances that your guard team usually endures.”
“I get complaints from my tribe members every day. Even if I do my job well, I will still be criticized.”
“Captain Fugaku, you really have to help with this matter, otherwise our Hyuga family will not be able to stand firm in this guard team.”
Fugaku took a sip of his tea and said, “Hizashi, you don’t understand. People get criticized because of comparison.”
“Compare?”
Hizashi asked suspiciously.
“Yes, because you are not as good as us Uchiha, so the villagers are not satisfied with you.”
Hiashi fell into deep thought.
I have to admit that what Fugaku said makes sense. As the leading family in the ninja world, the Uchiha family is naturally arrogant.
No matter what the background is, we should manage what should be managed and ban what should be banned.
The Hyuga family is not weak in terms of strength, but the position of the branch family is awkward, and it always has to act according to the wishes of the main family.
Everyone knows exactly who the Zong family is.
Therefore, when it comes to dividing the family, people are always hesitant.
Now there has been an incident where the guard’s outer patrol team was attacked outside.
The main family was furious and demanded that the branch family solve the problem at all costs.
Although Hiashi considered the strategy of cooperation between the two branches, the branches only have so many staff.
If the patrol team increases its manpower, the security team will have to reduce its manpower.
Therefore, Hizashi came to Fugaku for help.
Chapter 15: Danzo, you can’t hide from it! (Old version)
“I don’t have any good ideas.”
Fugaku refused directly.
Just as Hizashi was feeling a little disappointed, Fugaku suddenly changed the subject.
“But you can ask Kawasaki, he has a lot of ideas.”
Hizashi glanced at Fugaku, his poker face as usual.
Hizashi guessed that Fugaku might have a way, but due to his identity he couldn’t say it clearly, so he had to speak through Kawasaki.
“Okay, then where is Deputy Chief Kawasaki? I’ll go visit him.”
Fugaku stood up and said, “After all, we have cooperated on the battlefield. There is no need to be so formal. I will ask him to come over. Please wait for a moment.”
Having said that, Fugaku stood up and left the meeting room. Not long after he left the meeting room, Kawasaki came in.
As expected, when Hizashi saw Kawasaki arriving immediately, he became more certain of his guess.
Kawasaki seemed particularly enthusiastic when he came in: “Master Hizashi, right? I am Uchiha Kawasaki. I have heard of your name for a long time. I hope we can communicate more in the future when we have time.”
He had a good impression of Hizashi Hyuga. Although Hizashi was blindly loyal, he could not escape the constraints of the times after all.
Being able to die for one’s brother is something that not everyone can do.
Moreover, he is Neci’s father, and Neci’s talent is rare among ordinary people.
If there is an opportunity, more contact is always good.
Besides, the Third Ninja World War had just ended, and the incident against Hinata in Kumogakure had not yet happened.
Kawasaki wanted to help Hizashi, it would be a shame to die like this.
Hizashi was a little surprised by Kawasaki’s enthusiasm, but he didn’t want to hit someone who smiled at him.
He was also happy to see Kawasaki being so easy to talk to.
“Deputy Chief Kawasaki is too polite. I cannot bear the title of sir.”
“Haha, then let’s not be polite. You can just call me Kawasaki and I’ll call you Hizashi.”
Hizashi couldn’t help but smile, this Kawasaki is really a wonderful person.
He also had a good impression of Kawasaki, so he agreed.
Then, Hizashi repeated to Kawasaki what he had said to Fugaku.
Kawasaki had indeed planned: “Hi, this is a simple matter, since the villagers love to compare.”
“Then just find someone who has done worse than you and use him as a scapegoat.”
Worse than us Hyuga? Hizashi thought about it, but couldn’t think of any suitable ninja clan.
“I can’t think of a suitable ninja clan for the time being.”
Hizashi shook his head.
Kawasaki took one look and said directly, “You can go to Danzo to ask for someone. Doesn’t he always want to put someone in the guard team?”
Hiashi was surprised. Aren’t Danzo’s people the “Root”?
?
“How can that be possible? How can those murderous guys in ‘Root’ be allowed to do that?”
“Oh! That’s right… it’s just right to kill people like crazy.”
Kawasaki’s expression was meaningful: “We need to use those murderers to take care of public security, so you can free yourself up to join the patrol team.”
“Um…”
Hizashi suddenly realized.
“root”
Even if you kill people like crazy, you can’t kill civilians.
People like Danzo will not let go easily once they grab power.
And the “root”
Whether we can maintain public order is not something we need to think about.
Anyway, the Hyuga family and Danzo don’t get along.
Hizashi quickly left the Uchiha territory and returned to his tribe to discuss matters with his brother Hyuga Hiashi.
Rizu also applauded the idea.
He patted Hizashi’s shoulder and said, “This Uchiha Kawasaki is interesting. Maybe Fugaku sent him to contact you in order to train him.”
“It was Kawasaki who suggested to Fugaku that we be allowed to join the guard team this time.”
“You should spend more time with him in the future. Maybe there will be other opportunities for cooperation in the future.”
Hiashi nodded in agreement.
Afterwards, he quickly handed a visiting card to Danzo Shimura.
Everyone knows Danzo’s “roots”, but Danzo usually doesn’t allow outsiders to go there.
They all received guests in the Shimura clan’s territory.
Danzo was also a little surprised when Hizashi went to deliver a visiting card.
Because the Hyuga clan has always been closed and has little communication with the outside world.
They don’t have much of a personal relationship.
However, Hizashi is the head of the Hyuga branch family after all, and it is impossible for Danzo to not even give him this little face.
So he quickly met with Hinata Hizashi.
Hiashi came in and exchanged a few pleasantries before getting straight to the point: “Elder Danzo, you know that our Hyuga family has taken over a lot of the Uchiha Guard’s missions recently.”
“But yesterday a patrol outside Konoha was attacked, and I realized we Hyuuga were short on manpower.”
“I heard that the Root has enough manpower. I want to borrow some people from Danzo to join the guard team. I wonder…”
“oh?…”
Danzo was secretly delighted, he had always wanted to join the guard team, but the Third Hokage had always suppressed him.
Now that Hiashi has come to him on his own initiative, it can’t be blamed on him.
Humph, a bunch of useless people who can’t even complete patrol mission.
“No problem, Hiashi. There are plenty of people in the Root. How many do you want to borrow?”
Hiashi thought for a moment and said, “How about thirty people? Master Danzo, we need to make an agreement beforehand…”
“Your people must follow my command when they join the guard team, otherwise, Fugaku will not agree.”
Danzo naturally agreed: “No problem, since I’m on loan to you, I’ll naturally obey your orders.”
The two quickly reached an agreement and Hizashi said goodbye and left.
Danzo looked at Hiashi’s receding back and laughed to himself, “Once the people from the Root go in, it won’t be up to you anymore.”
Hizashi’s eyes naturally noticed that Danzo was staring at him from behind. Hizashi snorted inwardly: “Danzo, you can’t hide from it!”
Danzo quickly arrived at the Root organization’s base and gathered all his men.
After selecting the personnel, he said to the leader Nakamura Kazuya: “Kazuya, your mission is to sneak into the security team and quickly seize power…”
“Remember, don’t get into conflicts with anyone at the beginning.”
“Especially Uchiha Fugaku, don’t let him find an excuse to drive you back, understand?”
“clear!”
At the Hyuga family.
Hizashi was busy adjusting the team.
“Tokuma, you take down everyone from blocks one to four and have them join the outer patrol.”
“Each group must have two members of our family, watching each other with their white eyes.”
Hyuga Tokuma is a particularly calm and steady member of the Hyuga clan, and Hizashi often gives things to him.
“Elder Danzo will send some men over tomorrow. Blocks one to four will be handed over to the newcomers. Blocks five to seven will remain the same.”
“Hizashi-sama, why are you letting Elder Danzo’s people interfere? Aren’t they all members of the Root?”
Hiashi smiled and patted Tokuma’s shoulder: “You will understand after a while.”
The next day, the Security Department held a routine morning assembly.
Nakamura Kazuya and his fellow Root team members arrived at the scene early.
Nakamura Kazuya is thinking about how to deal with Hinata Hizashi.
But I found that Uchiha Fugaku, whom I hadn’t seen for a long time, was also at the scene.
Hizashi stood directly behind Fugaku, obviously letting Fugaku arrange everything.
Nakamura Kazuya’s face darkened, feeling that the development of things was somewhat beyond his expectations.
Soon, everyone gathered…
Chapter 16 Today’s fifth update. Please give me some data! (Old version)
Fugaku first said to the remaining Uchiha clan members: “The patrol range and deployment of the Uchiha clan members will remain unchanged today.”
Fugaku nodded to Hiashi, who came out and said, “All Hyuga clan members, I have already informed Tokuma of the new arrangements. Follow Tokuma’s instructions when you go down.”
The Uchiha and Hyuga clan members quickly left, leaving only the Root members led by Nakamura Kazuya on the field.
Fugaku said to Nakamura Kazuya with a straight face, “Nakamura Kazuya, your patrol area is from Blocks 1 to 4 of Konoha Village, and you are mainly responsible for public security issues.”
Nakamura Kazuya asked: “Captain, Elder Danzo asked us to come here to participate in patrol missions, how did it become a matter of public security?”
Fugaku deadpanned, “The patrols have already been arranged. Your job is to maintain law and order in blocks one to four.”
“But…”
Fugaku waved his hand to interrupt Nakamura Kazuya’s words: “No buts, this is the security team, I am the captain, if you don’t obey orders, I will send you back to where you came from.”
Nakamura Kazuya gritted his teeth and said, “We will abide by the arrangement!”
I was thinking to myself that I would first gain a foothold in the security team and then look for an opportunity later.
Fugaku nodded and said to Hizashi, “You will make the arrangements next.”
Then he walked away.
“What the hell is Fugaku doing?”
The Third Hokage pondered in his mind after receiving the report from the Anbu.
Fugaku had always been at odds with Nezu, and then there was the matter of Shisui.
Why would Fugaku allow Root’s men to join the guard team?
Since there are not many people, the third generation also wants to see what Fugaku is planning.
From voluntarily giving up power to actively winning over the Hyuga family, his real power was almost hollowed out.
Until now, he has ceded control of the Guard and accepted members of the Root.
Uchiha’s series of actions are puzzling.
In the complaints room of the security team.
In the third block of Konoha, the owner of Qingshui Izakaya came again. He came almost every other day in the past few days.
At first no one paid attention to my complaints, and later I felt that the Hyuga family was not as good as the Uchiha family.
Visit almost every day.
Yang Ping didn’t care about it. He always had a way to get rid of them every time they came.
“Don’t worry about that. Because of your previous complaint, we have already transferred the people from the Hyuga family.”
“Now we have a more powerful group of troops, led directly by the elders.”
“We are now fully considering the villagers of Konoha.”
“Really?”
The izakaya owner was skeptical, after all, there were many troublemakers among those who ran pubs.
When Uchiha was in power, no matter who came to cause trouble, they would be taken away, even their own servants were no exception.
Later, it was the Hyuga family’s turn, and their attitude was quite good.
He is just not decisive enough, procrastinates in dealing with problems, and is far less efficient than the Uchiha.
Now someone else has changed?
Fourth Elder Yang Ping said with a smile: “Don’t worry, the new people will start working today. These people will never drag their feet when doing things.”
The izakaya owner left doubtfully.
After the izakaya owner left, Elder Yangping couldn’t help but laugh.
The Gen people do things without dragging their feet. They are more daring and enterprising than us Uchiha.
Kiyomizu Izakaya, Konoha 3rd Street.
The boss is now completely relieved.
When he came over, he saw that the new security patrol officers were already walking back and forth.
Both teams had stern faces and were serious, but I had never seen these faces before, so they seemed a little unfamiliar.
I don’t know which elder’s personal soldier these are.
“Burp… Boss! Your wine doesn’t taste right!”
“Did you add water?”
A drunk was shouting loudly in the pub.
The two people who had just entered the door hesitated for a moment, turned around and went out again.
The pub owner’s face darkened. There are always some drunkards who, when they are drunk, say that the wine is mixed with water.
Although I did add water, isn’t the drink you normally drink also mixed with water?
If we make a fuss now, won’t it affect business?
The boss winked at the shop assistants, and two burly clerks immediately stepped forward to drag the drunk man out.
“Sir, please don’t cause trouble and affect our business.”
“Damn it! You’re selling watered-down wine and kicking customers out!”
The drunk refused to accept the defeat and immediately started fighting with the two shop assistants.
The drunk was ultimately defeated and was quickly pushed out the door.
The owner of the izakaya was used to this kind of scene, but he didn’t expect to hear screams from his own staff outside.
The boss hurried out and found four security team members blocking the door.
His clerk and the drunk were already lying on the ground.
The three guards had serious expressions on their faces and pinned them to the ground.
The force was so great that several people cried out in pain.
One of the guards came forward and said, “Your clerk was in a fight with this drunk in the street. He has been arrested by our guards. He will be detained for three days. After three days, come to the guards to pick him up.”
The izakaya owner felt dizzy, but he still had to do business.
Two shop assistants were arrested just like that? How can I run my shop?
Although public security regulations do provide for three days’ imprisonment for street fights, their implementation is often flexible.
Whether to imprison someone is not up to you, the security team.
No matter how the izakaya owner tried to please them, the Gen staff ignored him and took the person away directly.
The izakaya owner has a lot of grievances to deal with. After one crisis comes another, the situation is even worse than before for the Hyuga family.
Similar things happened repeatedly in Konoha’s first to fourth blocks.
So many people were arrested that the security guard’s detention center was quickly full.
Nakamura Kazuya felt that there was nothing wrong with it. He just followed the rules and those who made mistakes should be arrested.
Now that the troublemakers have been arrested, won’t public security be improved immediately?
In the Eighth Street of Konoha Village, almost every store has a sign of the Uchiha family.
Many Uchiha clan members who did not become ninjas chose to start small businesses here.
Since last week, the number of Uchiha patrolling the Eighth Street has tripled.
The Uchiha team members shuttled back and forth, and if there was a public security situation, they could immediately arrive and deal with it.
Moreover, in the past few days, all the shop owners have noticed that the business on Eighth Street is much more prosperous than before.
There are a lot more people coming and going than usual, especially today.
So many people flocked to Eighth Street that the merchants were overwhelmed.
After asking around, I found out that the guards from First Street to Fourth Street had been replaced.
No longer from the Hyuga clan, the new group of people are cruel and ruthless.
No matter what the reason, as long as there is a conflict, most of the time they just arrest the person and let the matter go.
The methods were cruel and severe, and breaking limbs was common.
People from First Street to Fourth Street were so frightened that they dared not make a sound.
Ordinary people simply ran to Fifth Street to Eighth Street to buy daily necessities.
Because the fifth to seventh streets are under the control of the Hyuga family, and the eighth street is the territory of the Uchiha…
Today, Uchiha Yangshu received an order from the deputy clan leader to have all the Uchiha clan members who were suspended from their duties go to the streets they were originally in charge of.
Although this order is confusing.
But the Uchiha people who had been idle at home were already bored, so they thought it was a good opportunity to get some fresh air, so they went out to the street.
Unexpectedly, the shop owners who used to look at them like mosquitoes now look very enthusiastic.
It was like meeting a relative.
In the past, it was considered good if we didn’t spit or take a detour when we met, but now people actually take the initiative to strike up a conversation.
When Uchiha Yangshu approached Qingshui Izakaya, the owner greeted him enthusiastically: “Captain Yangshu, is it your turn to patrol?!”
Yang Shu was a little confused, but he still patiently explained: “I have been suspended from my post and will not work in the guard team anymore. I am just wandering around today.”
The izakaya owner grabbed his hand and said, “Oh, you can’t suspend me. The Uchiha is the most suitable person to be in the guard team.”
Yang Shu didn’t know whether to laugh or cry. He had seen this izakaya owner many times before. He always looked arrogant and would complain about everything.
They said that the Uchiha guards did nothing all day, but now they praise the Uchiha as the best.
Chapter 17 Strategy! Strength is king! (Old version)
“Hey, let me go first… I really suspended my job. There were too many complaints before, and the deputy chief didn’t allow me to work in the guard team anymore.”
“I’m going to withdraw the complaint. I’m going to withdraw the complaint! Can you Uchiha come back on duty?!”
Yang Shu had no choice but to use the substitution technique to get rid of the enthusiasm of the izakaya owner and left Third Street in a somewhat embarrassed manner.
However, Yang Shu suddenly felt much more relaxed, and the previous frustration disappeared in an instant.
Similar scenes played out on other streets the Uchiha had patrolled.
Many of the former members of the Uchiha Guard were greeted warmly by the owner.
When they heard that he was not coming back for patrol, they were extremely disappointed.
I’ve said all the nice things I can think of, I just hope these Uchiha clan members can return to their posts.
If these Uchiha were not so agile, they would probably have been pulled so far that they could not walk.
These Uchiha are the tough guys in the family. They act tough and offend many people.
Now they are being pulled by the shop owners one by one, begging them to go back.
This sudden recognition was like a long-lost ray of light that shone into their depressed hearts, dispelling all their dissatisfaction and gloom.
It turns out that there are people who still need us Uchiha, and they realized our value once we left?
Some were even tempted to return to their tribe and ask the clan leader to let them resume their posts.
After all, the captain of the guard team is Uchiha Fugaku, so whether he can take up the post is just a matter of a word.
After returning, several of these suspended Uchiha actually went to ask to see the clan leader.
What they said made Fugaku wonder if he was under a genjutsu.
He neither agreed nor refused, but just let them continue their vacation.
Then he called Kawasaki, Shisui and Itachi.
Kawasaki has been spending the past few days at the training ground, practicing hard, with Itachi accompanying him in practice.
And Shisui, who has recovered from his injury, is also doing rehabilitation training.
Several people gathered together quickly.
“Sit down, Shisui. How are you recovering?”
Fugaku nodded to Kawasaki and Itachi first, then asked Shisui.
“Thank you for your concern, Chief. I have basically recovered and am undergoing recovery training.”
Shisui was always meticulous, and even after having just recovered he sat up straight and answered seriously.
“Kawasaki, did you arrange those people?”
Kawasaki chuckled and said, “They’re not making a fuss now, are they?”
Fugaku nodded: “Your trick really works. Before, I was looked down upon wherever I went. Now, wherever I go, people stop me from leaving. I want them to go back.”
Kawasaki turned to Shisui and Itachi and asked, “Shisui, Itachi, what have you discovered in the past few days?”
Shisui and Itachi were also concerned about the Uchiha clan members who were suspended and sent home.
They were afraid that they would become discouraged, but apart from the first two days, subsequent developments surprised them.
Itachi said: “Senior has highlighted the unique status of our Uchiha.”
Shisui said, “Senior, I feel like we Uchiha are needed.”
Kawasaki nodded.
These two guys have some brains.
After all, they are only in their teens, which means they were junior high school students in their previous lives.
It is when thoughts are prone to fluctuate that without proper guidance, a genius may become a fool.
“People have a bad habit of ignoring things around them, so no matter how much we Uchiha do, it will be ignored.”
“And this neglect can be revealed through loss and comparison.”
“We Uchiha have been the guard for so many years, no one can match us, and no one can do it better than us.”
“But there are always conspirators in the village who always think we will usurp power and try to suppress us.”
“So we take a step back and eliminate the threatening impression of the Uchiha.”
“Once the villagers realize that their previous speculations were nothing but conjectures, they will naturally remember our kindness.”
Several people listened quietly.
These are very basic principles, but they don’t have them.
After all, in this cruel world, there are many people who go to the battlefield before the age of ten. How much education can they receive?
A genius, but only in combat. Too immature in other aspects.
If you are not careful, you will be fooled by Danzo.
Or he was brainwashed by the Will of Fire of the Third Hokage.
Fugaku asked, “Now some of the tribe members want to return to the guard, what do you think, Kawasaki?”
Kawasaki rolled his eyes and said unhappily, “I don’t think it’s any good.”
Shisui hesitated, “But many villagers are eager for us Uchiha to go back.”
Only Itachi sat quietly, knowing that Kawasaki would explain.
Kawasaki slapped Shisui on the head, ruffling his hair into a mess: “Shisui, you really have forgotten the pain now that the wound has healed. Have you forgotten how you lost your eyes?”
“Humans are forgetful creatures. If Uchiha goes back now, it will just be a replay of history.”
“The problem is not solved at all. What you said is meaningless.”
Fugaku listened to Kawasaki’s talk and sometimes felt that he was simple-minded and it was really difficult to maintain the clan.
Fortunately, there is Kawasaki.
Itachi asked hesitantly, “So, Senior, what is the root of the problem?”
“That’s the key.”
Kawasaki patted Itachi’s back and clenched his fist.
“Senior, do you mean strength?”
Kawasaki shook his head: “Yes and no.”
“Yes, because in this ninja world, strength is everything.”
“When the Uchiha are powerful enough to completely overwhelm Konoha, whoever we want will be the Hokage will be able to do so.”
“The reason I say no is that even if we conquer Konoha, there are still Kumogakure, Iwagakure, Kirigakure, and Sandagakure waiting for us.”
“In the era of Madara and Hashirama, Hashirama became Hokage due to his unrivaled strength because he was able to subdue all the ninja villages by himself.”
“And the current Hokage is nothing more than the result of compromise among the various ninja clans.”
“If you don’t make yourself strong, the title of Hokage will not be worthy of its name.”
“You have seen so many disasters in my kaleidoscope, shouldn’t you look further?”
“I suspended the Uchiha because I wanted them to see the current situation clearly and not be blinded by the injustice before them.”
“What we need is to become strong ourselves. When every Uchiha strongman can stand on his own, Konoha will ask us to be the Hokage.”
Fugaku was fascinated by what he heard. He held Kawasaki’s shoulder and said, “Kawasaki, you should be the clan leader.”
Kawasaki smiled and slapped Fugaku’s hand away: “Patriarch, you are joking. As long as the Uchiha clan prospers, it doesn’t matter who becomes the clan leader.”
“If the Uchiha are destroyed, what’s the point of who becomes the clan leader?”
Everyone fell silent.
【bite…】
“Shisui!”
Uchiha Shisui nodded vigorously.
“It’s about time. Now the psychological barriers of most Uchiha people have been resolved.”
“It’s time to break free from this bondage.”
“It’s time to prepare for a ‘change’.”
Fugaku was silent for a moment: “Let’s notify those people as planned.”
Kawasaki took out a sealed scroll and handed it to Itachi: “Itachi, this contains some of the family’s accumulation, as well as the business plan I wrote.”
“It’s going to be tough when you go out. Everything depends on you.”
Chapter 18: Rush! Itachi! (Old Version)
They had already decided that Uchiha Itachi and Shisui would lead some of their clansmen to leave Uchiha.
Kawasaki and Fugaku stayed behind to guard Konoha, and Fugaku originally wanted Kawasaki to lead the way.
But Konoha is full of talented people, and he has to find ways to attract Konoha’s talents.
Only in this way can you take control of your own future.
Itachi took the sealing scroll with mixed feelings.
During this period, his mentality underwent a dramatic change, as if a new world had opened up.
In the past, my vision was limited to Konoha Village, which was too narrow.
He was reluctant to leave Sasuke, but Shisui was too gentle to take on the responsibility.
Only able to serve as a warrior, the responsibility of leadership fell to Itachi, assisted by the three elders in carrying out these tasks.
Fortunately, Senior Kawasaki was there, so he felt at ease.
“Don’t worry, father, senior, I will try my best. Senior, please take good care of Sasuke.”
Kawasaki waved his hand: “Don’t make it seem like we are parting forever. Your father is still in the clan, and he will teach Sasuke well.”
“Chief Fugaku, you are responsible for gathering them.”
Shrine hall.
“I know that everyone here hopes that our Uchiha clan will become stronger and stronger.”
Kawasaki sat at the top, and the others sat on both sides.
Most of the Uchiha clan members below are radical elements, and many of them were once members of the security team.
“But Konoha’s long-term suppression has prevented us from receiving the treatment we deserve.”
“Konoha has never had an Uchiha Hokage in all its time.”
“Even the position of advisory elder is not available to us Uchiha.”
After Kawasaki’s words, the Uchiha people below began to breathe heavier.
Most Uchiha people are emotional and easily instigated.
“A few days ago, I asked the Fourth Elder to temporarily suspend your duties, just to make you understand.”
“Konoha can’t actually live without us Uchiha!”
“We Uchiha should fight for our due rights!”
Uchiha Yaoyue asked: “But deputy clan leader, how can we gain power?”
Kawasaki secretly made a gesture to Shisui, and Shisui’s Sharingan began to spin rapidly.
Kawasaki secretly used the pupil amplifier to increase the influence of Kotoamatsukami.
“The key to gaining power is that we are strong enough, and what the Uchiha lack is autonomy.”
“You’ll always be protecting the guards. You’ll never be able to go directly from being an offending guard to becoming a Hokage!”
“We Uchiha can’t be mercenaries forever, we need to have our own careers!”
“We must be strong! So strong that Konoha won’t dare ignore us!”
“Why is our Fire Nation always being invaded by other countries, yet still remaining strong?”
“Because our Fire Nation is the richest and most affluent!”
“We in the Fire Nation have countless lives to consume!”
“The Fire Nation can sacrifice countless people, but other countries will decline if they sacrifice a little!”
“We must develop the economy! Increase the population! Make Konoha beg us to become Hokage!”
Kawasaki’s words were powerful, and the power in Shisui’s Mangekyō Sharingan was released like mercury pouring out.
Bie Tianshen’s pupil power is already consumed greatly, let alone facing so many people.
Just by inciting these people, Shisui next to him had tears of blood in his eyes, fortunately he had the help of the pupil power amplifier.
The third elder Taku was also nearby, and when he saw that Shisui was about to collapse, he immediately shouted loudly!
“Develop the economy! Revitalize the Uchiha!”
Seeing the tribe members respond enthusiastically, Shisui fell down after mobilizing Kotoamatsukami to order them to pledge allegiance to Kawasaki.
Hokage’s office.
An Anbu was reporting.
“Report to the Sandaime, the Uchiha gathered today for no reason.”
“Most of the participants are Uchiha radicals, and the purpose of their gathering is unknown.”
“But soon after they gathered, the slogan of ‘Revitalize the Uchiha’ was heard, and it was extremely enthusiastic.”
The Sanda rubbed his forehead, looking a little tired. Wasn’t the Uchiha trying to be friendly?
So many Uchiha from the guard team also withdrew.
What the hell is Fugaku doing?
“boom!”
There was a loud noise in the distance, and a powerful chakra pressure spread out.
The Sandaime’s expression tensed, that was the Uchiha gathering place.
Smoke and dust rose above the Uchiha settlement, and the Anbu quickly received news from the summoning beast.
“Sandaime-sama!”
“There is a fight within the Uchiha, affecting a wide area. The ones taking action are Uchiha Itachi and Fugaku.”
“The ninjutsu used by Uchiha Itachi and Fugaku was too powerful for our scouts to get close.”
“It seems to be the legendary Susanoo.”
“Susanoo!”
The Sandai’s hands clenched into fists.
“Gather the Anbu and head to the Uchiha settlement immediately.”
The Third Hokage moved instantly and jumped out of the window.
“Bang! Bang! Bang!”
The Third Hokage heard a series of deafening noises halfway through the journey.
When they arrived at the Uchiha clan’s territory, the scene before them was even more shocking.
Whole areas of Uchiha buildings were reduced to rubble.
In the dust that covered the sky, a huge orange-red Susanoo collided violently with another deep purple Susanoo.
The two huge monsters collided with each other with a loud bang, and the explosive shock wave spread out in all directions with dust.
“How is this possible…”
The Sandaime was stunned.
Why is Susanoo so terrifying?
The Third Hokage naturally recognized Susanoo, and the Second Hokage, Senju Tobirama, had also explained it to him in detail.
This is a powerful force that can only be mastered by the Uchiha clan members who have opened the Mangekyō Sharingan.
Known as the power of God!
Fugaku and Itachi are both masters of the Mangekyō Sharingan?
Fugaku never revealed a single word for all these years.
How old is the weasel?
He actually became a strong man with the Mangekyō Sharingan.
And Shisui!
There are three Mangekyō Sharingan holders in the Uchiha family!
Before our eyes, nearly half of the Uchiha territory had been reduced to ruins.
The Third Hokage was in great doubts as the Fourth Hokage died unexpectedly, Orochimaru defected, and Tsunade and Jiraiya were not in the village.
Are we expecting other ninja clans to fight for Uchiha?
Dust obscured vision, and the chakra pressure was so strong that no one could get close, let alone understand the internal situation.
Itachi’s voice could be heard faintly from the smoke.
“Father, what is there to be attached to in Konoha like this?”
“If they dare to attack Shisui, you will definitely be their next target.”
Fugaku snapped, “Shut up! The Uchiha have been a part of Konoha since the founding of the village.”
“Shisui’s incident was just an accident. The third generation will give us…”
The following words were drowned out by the wind and dust, but immediately afterwards, a loud rumbling sound was heard again in the field.
More and more people gathered on the outskirts of the Uchiha territory, and the first to arrive were the Hyuga clan.
Hiashi opened his Byakugan, and what came into view were two huge chakra aggregates.
It is impossible to tell what exactly happened inside.
Others couldn’t even get close.
After a long time, the two Susanoos disappeared.
In the smoke, Itachi’s voice could be heard faintly: “I’m sorry, father.”
Then it gradually became quiet.
At this time, the third generation waved his hand and everyone rushed in…
Chapter 19 Kawasaki’s Wisdom! (Old Version)
Fugaku was seen sitting weakly on the ground, with sweat on his forehead and a pale face.
Obviously it was caused by chakra overdraft.
The third generation jumped into the field and quickly ordered the medical ninja around him to provide treatment.
Once the medical ninja’s chakra enters the ninja’s body, it can detect a lot of information.
Therefore, medical ninjas from other tribes are usually not allowed to treat their own people.
But Fugaku was unusually cooperative.
He spoke weakly, “It is unfortunate for our family, Third Hokage-sama.”
“Inuko and Shisui have defected…”
At this time, the medical ninja winked at the Third Generation, suggesting that it was just an excessive consumption of chakra and no other injuries.
The third generation was secretly calculating in his mind.
At this time, a figure jumped into the center of the venue.
Looking closely, it turned out to be Uchiha Kawasaki.
“Master Chief, I moved the tribe members to a safe area while you were fighting Itachi. There were only minor injuries, and the rest are all fine.”
The third generation’s eyes flickered, and then said: “What do you mean by that, Fugaku? There are many Konoha ninjas who go out to train. Now Itachi wants to go out to train, and it is not impossible.”
Kawasaki seemed to be stunned, then he suddenly realized and echoed: “Yes, yes, Itachi went out for training with Shisui. Clan leader, don’t worry too much.”
Fugaku seemed to have not yet recovered from this series of blows, staring blankly at the devastated family territory.
Kawasaki supported Fugaku and said to the Sandai, “Sir Sandai, we Uchiha are deeply sorry for the chaos caused this time. But now the clan leader is seriously injured and needs timely treatment. We will take our leave first.”
The Sandai nodded in agreement and let Kawasaki take Fugaku away from the scene.
Other ninjas arrived one after another.
Witnessing the destruction all around, everyone couldn’t believe their eyes. If they had said it was an attack by the tailed beasts, they would have believed it.
Who would have expected the two Uchiha to display such astonishing destructive power.
Under the watchful eyes of everyone, the Third Hokage fell into deep thought, and everyone was waiting for his decision.
Finally, the Third Hokage glanced at the surrounding ninjas, but could not see any intention of fighting in their eyes.
There were only flickering eyes and retreating figures.
The Sandai took a puff of cigarette and exhaled slowly.
“Tonight, the Uchiha are only leaving, not rebelling.”
Three generations have come to a conclusion on what happened tonight.
The surrounding ninjas breathed a sigh of relief and began to look around the Uchiha territory which was mostly destroyed.
The Uchiha territory expands every year.
Every year, members of the tribe die in battle, leaving much of the actual residential area vacant.
Moreover, Kawasaki seemed to have evacuated his clansmen in advance, so there were only wounded on the Uchiha side, and no deaths.
Was this an accident or a carefully planned drama?
Fugaku returned to his residence with Kawasaki’s help.
He was not pretending to be so weak, he had opened the Mangekyō Sharingan many years ago.
After his eyesight deteriorated to a certain extent, he found that it could not be reversed, so he did not use the Sharingan for a long time.
To this day, his eye power still exists, but it is no longer abundant, and summoning Susanoo requires a large amount of chakra.
Just now, Fugaku maintained the huge first form of Susanoo, which consumed a lot of chakra.
Although only some family buildings were destroyed, maintaining the giant Susanoo form almost exhausted him.
As for Itachi, his situation was similar, as he had just awakened his Mangekyō Sharingan not long ago.
Even Susanoo was taught to him temporarily by Fugaku. The territory was half destroyed and Itachi was almost in a coma.
After all, Itachi is only eleven years old and his body cannot withstand such powerful chakra skills.
Fugaku touched the edge of his blurry vision; it seemed that his eyesight had deteriorated again.
“Kawasaki, can the third generation see through this play?”
Kawasaki shrugged nonchalantly: “Of course he can see through it. Our strategy is not a conspiracy, but an open one. Even if the third generation sees the clues, they dare not tear their faces apart at the moment.”
“First, the Uchiha has voluntarily handed over power. Second, because we Uchiha, um, have three pairs of Mangekyō Sharingan.”
“Now is the critical moment for Kumogakure to come for peace talks. If our three pairs of Uchiha Mangekyō Sharingan resist Konoha, even if Konoha can win, it will suffer heavy losses.”
“By then, Kumogakure will no longer come to negotiate, but to destroy the village.”
“Now, we just have to follow the plan.”
Fugaku endured the discomfort in his eyes, discussed the follow-up plan with Kawasaki, handed over the task of appeasing the tribesmen to the fourth elder, and then fell into a deep sleep.
In the Root Base, Danzo was carefully reading the report in his hand.
The report detailed the severe losses suffered by the Uchiha clan this time.
“You mean to say that such a large-scale destruction was caused by only Fugaku and Itachi?”
The subordinate answered affirmatively from below: “Yes, Master Danzo, most of the buildings in the family territory were destroyed, and the traces on the scene looked like those left by a fierce battle between many Kage-level masters.”
Is the power of kaleidoscope so strong?
Danzo paced back and forth. Before that, Shisui had only told him about Kotoamatsukami.
Besides, even if Shisui was forced to display Susanoo, it wouldn’t be as shocking as this.
He naturally didn’t know that Uchiha’s Susanoo had different stages.
Besides, Shisui was not in good condition at that time and his will to fight was not strong.
Therefore, the Susanoo used by Shisui was very conservative.
“How many people did Itachi take away?”
“Your Excellency, the exact number has not yet been counted. The Uchiha side is not cooperating, so the preliminary estimate is that there are hundreds of people.”
“What do the third generation think?”
Danzo lowered his eyes and hid in the darkness, with no expression on his face.
Root responded: “The Third Hokage said that what happened tonight was just running away, not rebellion.”
Upon hearing this, Danzo slammed his cane onto the ground.
“Humph, Third Generation, you are old after all.”
“You actually want to defend an ambitious man like Uchiha.”
“Send someone out to spread the news in the village tomorrow, saying that the Third Hokage is incompetent and that Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Shisui led everyone to defect.”
After his men retreated.
Danzo stepped into the darkness, a gleam of greed in his eyes.
kaleidoscope…
Inside the Hyuga family.
Hiashi, Hizashi and other elders reviewed the investigation report in their hands.
The extent of the damage to the Uchiha territory was as if the tailed beasts were wreaking havoc.
Can our Hyuga family reach this level?
As one of the two famous families in Konoha, the Hyuga family has always been on par with the Uchiha family.
During the Third Ninja World War, both sides were equally strong.
Although they are slightly inferior in numbers, the Byakugan’s detective abilities are highly valued.
Kirigakure was still overjoyed when she got a Byakugan.
It can be seen that the Byakugan is equally powerful.
However, it now seems that two Mangekyō masters have appeared in the Uchiha clan.
One of them is the clan leader Uchiha Fugaku.
The other one was even more amazing, Itachi, who was only eleven years old.
Its future growth potential is immeasurable.
“Clan leader, the Uchiha delivered this this morning.”
When Hiashi opened it, he saw that it was a letter of recommendation from Fugaku.
The general content is that Fugaku is unable to continue managing the guard team due to injury, and recommends Hizashi to take over the position of captain.
The rest is some ideas and plans for the future development of the security force.
Obviously it was prepared in advance.
After Hiashi read it, Hiashi and other clan elders also circulated it in turn.
Everyone understood tacitly that Fugaku meant to completely withdraw from Konoha’s power structure.
Although Fugaku had hinted at it before, he didn’t expect it to be so sudden.
And the method is so decisive.
Anyone with a discerning eye could tell that the destruction of the Uchiha territory was deliberate. Most of the houses were vacant.
There were almost no casualties.
In a real battle, how could it be possible to let the other side withdraw their personnel in advance?
“I feel like Uchiha Fugaku has become a different person since Uchiha Kawasaki came back.”
Hiashi said.
Everyone present was a smart person, and they had seen what Fugaku did in the past and what Fugaku did after Kawasaki returned.
Everyone agreed that Kawasaki was extremely smart.
Chapter 20 Obito, Itachi! (Old version)
Hiashi made his final statement: “In any case, the current Uchiha has completely given up their former power.”
“And Itachi took away a large number of people, so there is no reason for the village to target them anymore.”
“Fugaku gave us such a great gift before he left, and we in the Hyuga family cannot be disrespectful.”
Hiashi paused for a moment, “There are still a few Uchiha members in the guard team, so let them continue to manage their own areas and double their pay.”
Then he changed his tone: “Hiashi, who else is entering the ninja school this time besides Hinata? Is Neji here too?”
Hiashi thought for a moment and said, “Yes, clan leader, in addition to Hinata, there are Uchiha Sasuke, Uzumaki Naruto, Nara Shikamaru, Akimichi Choji…”
He read out the names of the children of these big families one by one, including Naruto.
“Ningji is one grade higher than Hinata.”
As a large family, they usually know the backgrounds of their classmates in advance.
Make connections ahead of time to pave the way for the future.
Hiashi nodded and said, “It doesn’t matter if they are one year older. We are in the same school anyway. Let Neji and Sasuke get along well.”
Sarutobi Hiruzen, Sarutobi Hiruzen, I wonder if you will regret it?
Speaking of regrets.
The third generation did feel some regret in their hearts.
He witnessed the enormity of the destruction at the scene.
Only then did I realize the Uchiha’s destructive power.
While I was glad that no real war had broken out, I was also annoyed why I had not treated Uchiha better.
Now Uchiha is no longer willing to deal with him.
I received Uchiha Fugaku’s resignation letter and recommendation letter early in the morning.
In his resignation letter, he stated that he had failed as the clan leader, which led to differences in ideas with Itachi, who chose to leave Konoha.
He resigned and recommended Hiashi to take over the security team.
At the same time, it was stated that no one except Rizuma could do the job.
Also, there was the announcement of the Uchiha’s relocation.
Due to the damage to the territory, the Uchiha clan decided to move as a whole to rebuild five kilometers outside Konoha Village.
This distance of five kilometers is meaningful. Why?
Because the maximum range of the detection barrier outside Konoha Village is five kilometers.
Uchiha’s meaning was very clear. There was no need to protect us under the pretext of detecting the barrier. We were responsible for our own safety.
But at the same time please stop spying on us, we are enjoying ourselves.
Since you don’t define Itachi as a traitorous ninja, the Uchiha clan still belongs to Konoha, they just live farther away.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the mountain of documents in front of him.
Feeling more exhausted than dealing with government affairs for a day, Fugaku not only resigned himself, but also several senior members of the security force resigned at the same time.
Among them were the third elder Uchiha Takuya and the fourth elder Uchiha Hinata who left the village with Itachi.
The Uchiha clan has disappeared from the management team.
Only a few branches of the Uchiha are left, at the bottom, and their numbers are few and far between.
It is estimated that the Uchiha deliberately stayed to look after their property.
In the past, the Third Hokage tried his best to suppress the Uchiha clan within the security team.
They also spread rumors to make the villagers suspicious of them.
He was afraid that once the Uchiha forces grew and gained more power, they would run for Hokage.
But now, Uchiha simply no longer participates in this game.
If you, the Hokage, don’t allow us Uchiha to take power, then we will no longer covet it and will give up everything.
As for Uchiha Itachi’s departure, it is difficult to determine whether it was instructed by Fugaku or a strategy of Kawasaki.
Because of this move, it directly hit Konoha’s vital point.
First, the Uchiha clan publicly stated that someone attempted to steal their precious Sharingan, which forced them to leave their homeland.
Secondly, demonstrate strength and shock all ninja clans through the amazing power of the Mangekyō Sharingan.
Let everyone understand the high price to pay for fighting against the Uchiha.
Then, to eliminate the threat, Itachi’s departure took away a large number of Uchiha’s elite.
The Uchiha no longer had the numbers and power they once did, and any attempt to order them around was met with the excuse of being short-handed.
Furthermore, assuming someone really attacks Uchiha, Uchiha has at least three pairs of Mangekyō Sharingan as a counterattack.
More importantly, Itachi’s whereabouts are uncertain and he may appear at any time.
Finally, there is the question of timing. Konoha is currently negotiating a peace agreement with Kumogakure.
At this critical moment, if the Third Generation sent the Anbu to deal with the Uchiha, his ruling position would be shaky.
Now the Uchiha was just “away from home”.
If they were forced to rebel, Yunyin would probably not come to sign a contract but to start a war.
This is all because of Danzo’s cleverness in digging out Shisui’s eyes, otherwise how could things turn out like this.
You know, Itachi and Shisui both love the village.
In the dense forests of the Fire Nation.
Tap tap tap…
More than a hundred Uchiha clan members shuttled through the woods.
At the front of the team was the third elder, Uchiha Takuya.
Ever since he foresaw the “future” in Kawasaki’s illusion, he has been deeply convinced by Kawasaki and took the initiative to assist the Uchiha clan members who fled.
Although Itachi is a strong fighter, he is young and inexperienced after all, so Takuya’s assistance provides additional security.
Most of these more than one hundred tribesmen are hawkish members.
The rest are Uchiha people, each with their own special talents.
They have all been selected by Kawasaki and their minds have been changed by Kotoamatsukami.
Now, they are all devoted to Uchiha Kawasaki and working hard for the future of Uchiha.
These Uchiha people are all ninjas, mostly Chunin, with fewer Jonin and Genin. These one hundred or so people are nearly half of the clan’s combat power.
As for the other nearly one thousand civilians and their families, they did not leave with them.
They plan to establish a solid foundation abroad before considering whether to relocate their family.
Whether it is the Uchiha who stays in the village or the Uchiha who leaves the village, each side has their own problems.
A figure jumped up to Itachi and handed him a string of three-colored balls.
Itachi took it expressionlessly: “You don’t have to follow.”
Although his words were cold, he put the three-colored meatball into his mouth.
Uchiha Izumi had a faint smile on his face.
“If you leave, there will be no one to accompany me to eat three-color meatballs by the river.”
Ever since Itachi invited Izumi.
Izumi finally understood Itachi’s intentions and decided to stay with Itachi until the truth was revealed.
The Uchiha clan members around seemed to be deaf, and even dispersed a little to give the two space to talk.
Itachi remained silent for a long time, his expression slightly changed.
Finally, he chuckled and said, “There are a lot of new delicacies in Kawasaki-senpai’s plan. I’ll treat you to them when they’re ready.”
Izumi smiled sweetly in response, only Itachi’s figure in his eyes.
The journey was arduous, and Itachi and his friends’ destination was the small country of Ta-no-Kuni on the edge of Konoha.
There is a small ninja village there, Sound Village.
The other people previously selected by Kawasaki were unable to arrive on foot and had to find another way.
At this moment, Itachi seemed to sense something.
“stop!”
Uchiha Itachi clenched his fists.
The tribesmen behind all stopped.
In the open space ahead, the space distorted and a masked ninja emerged from the vortex.
Itachi looked at him warily.
“You’re the one wandering around the shrine, right?”
Obito chuckled, “I didn’t expect you to be so perceptive. Did you notice me then?”
Itachi’s tone was cold, tepid, indifferent and distant.
He waved back, and the other Uchiha clan members walked past the two of them without saying a word and continued on their way.
Only Itachi and Obito were left.
Obito did not stop others from leaving, his target was Itachi.
If we can get Itachi to our side, our actions will be more convenient…
Chapter 21 Tsukuyomi! Uchiha Madara? (Old version)
“I’ve heard about Shisui. Konoha has long been rotten. It’s not wise to stay in Konoha.”
Itachi remained silent, seemingly not wanting to talk.
Obito was a little surprised by Itachi’s reaction, but continued: “Join us, for the future of the ninja world…”
“Uchiha Madara!”
Itachi yelled.
Obito was startled. Why did Itachi suddenly shout? The moment Obito looked at Itachi.
“Tsukuyomi!”
Without any hesitation, he used his full power as soon as he attacked! A surge of chakra poured out!
Obito’s eyes blurred, and he found himself in the Tsukuyomi world where black, white and red were intertwined.
“Itachi, how did you know that?”
The bound Obito looked indifferent, and did not seem surprised at all at being caught in the illusion.
He actually found it somewhat amusing that Itachi mistook him for Madara.
Itachi stood in front of him, silent, knife in hand, ready to stab.
Humph, Obito snorted.
The power of the Mangekyō Sharingan exploded in full force.
However, the illusion only trembled a few times and then returned to normal, and Obito was shocked.
The blade entered his body, causing severe pain, but the illusion was still not broken.
He opened his eyes, returned to the stake, and chopped it down again…
Is this Itachi’s Mangekyō Sharingan’s eye technique? !
“Swish.”
Another knife stabbed in.
Obito groaned, and his mental strength was depleted.
One has to admit that Obito’s mental strength is extremely strong. He was able to stand even after being tortured in the illusion for seven days.
But his Sharingan was depleted of mental energy.
It has degenerated from the Kaleidoscope state to three magatama, and then fell from the three magatama and completely closed.
Obito had just escaped from Tsukuyomi and his spirit had not yet recovered when a kunai pierced his throat.
“careerist…”
Obito’s figure became illusory and disappeared into the ground.
Itachi looked at the place where Obito disappeared without any surprise.
Well…
Itachi covered his eyes, unsteady on his feet.
He quickly took two steps back and leaned against the tree trunk.
Tick-tock…tick-tock…
Tears of blood fell from his eyes, staining his clothes red.
The pain continued until the Uchiha returned to look for him.
Quan treated Itachi’s wounds with great concern, while the others stood guard around him.
After a while, Izumi’s treatment began to show results, at least allowing Itachi to stand normally.
“Don’t stay long, leave!”
Kawasaki has told Itachi about Obito’s true identity.
Therefore, Itachi went all out, using all his eye power to maintain Tsukuyomi, vowing to make Obito lose his Sharingan state.
Itachi knew very well that this man controlled the Nine-Tails, causing Konoha to be suspicious of the Uchiha for a long time, and he hated him to the core.
Obito also has an unshirkable responsibility for Sasuke’s death in the future.
Itachi poured all his available eye power into Tsukuyomi. This was a desperate attack.
Fortunately, it worked!
Since Obito likes to play Uchiha Madara, let him be.
Today’s incident was a vivid lesson for Obito.
At least this would keep Obito from thinking about Itachi.
Itachi is no longer alone now. He has hundreds of fans following him, including Izumi.
In the divine power space.
After the illusory fluctuations, Obito stood up with his hands covering his face.
“Look at you, it seems like you’ve suffered a loss?”
A figure swayed left and right like an unfolding aloe leaf, and Black Zetsu spoke slowly.
After the mask was removed, Obito’s left Sharingan had turned gray and had lost its function.
Black Zetsu was greatly surprised: “You even used Izanagi? Is Itachi so powerful?”
Izanagi!
The Uchiha clan has the power to reverse their fate and rewrite all unfavorable circumstances, but the price of this technique is that the Sharingan loses its light.
Originally, Obito’s space-time ninjutsu Kamui could give him a huge advantage in almost all kinds of ninjutsu and physical battles.
But he has a big weakness, which is that he cannot resist illusions.
So in the past, Obito didn’t dare to be arrogant outside at first.
Until Uchiha Itachi was plotted against by Danzo and the Uchiha clan was destroyed, Fugaku died, and both Shisui and Itachi were gone.
Only then did Obito come out and wander around without any worries.
Because without the Mangekyō Sharingan, there is no way to pose a threat to him in terms of illusion.
Sasuke, on the other hand, is a typical ninjutsu-type ninja and is not proficient in illusion techniques.
Unexpectedly, he just met Itachi today, and before he could even finish greeting him, Itachi used a ruthless move on him.
Although Itachi might have been using a sneak attack, he had to admit that Itachi’s illusion was too restraining for him.
“It was just a temporary mistake.”
Obito stood up.
“It’s a good thing Itachi didn’t know about Izanagi, otherwise it would be dangerous.”
Obito took out the blind Sharingan.
“He doesn’t want to be recruited by you?”
Black Zetsu asked curiously.
“I don’t know. I thought Itachi was different, but he was just like the other Uchiha. He was also a lunatic and attacked me as soon as he came up.”
Obito’s tone was filled with regret, as he had never experienced the night of genocide.
In fact, I don’t have many spare Sharingans on hand, and if I lose one, it’s one less.
…Aren’t you also crazy? Black Zetsu was silent for a moment.
“Are you still going to attack Itachi?”
Obito shook his head: “Let him go. Itachi Uchiha is so powerful, it’s better for him to leave Konoha. It will be more convenient for us to catch the Nine-Tails in the future.”
Obito should feel lucky, if Shisui had not exhausted his eye power and had not recovered, he would have given him the entire Kotoamatsukami.
This side of the Hidden Cloud Village.
Killer Bee and Yukito, who were about to set off, were called back by the Fourth Raikage.
“Brother! Why did you ask us to come back? Yo! Yo! You! You fool!”
It was Kirabi who spoke.
Every time he opens his mouth, he sings in a weird tone, regardless of whether his rap talent is good or bad.
He is right
ap is true love, even though others think it is weird.
Ai was no longer surprised by the way his sworn brother spoke.
As the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki, he has suffered enough humiliation in the village, so having a little hobby is nothing.
“We received news that Uchiha Itachi left Konoha with half of the Uchiha elites.”
“Have those Uchiha lunatics finally been unable to hold back? Yo! Yo! You! You fool!”
Several major ninja villages have undercover agents in each other’s territories. After all, the villages are so large that undercover agents are inevitable.
So they knew two days ago that Konoha Danzo dug out Shisui’s eyes.
After this incident, Konoha almost became the object of ridicule in the entire ninja world.
Kirabi has no political talent at all. Not to mention that he is young now, even decades later he will still be a political novice.
So he couldn’t see through the twists and turns.
But Yubokuto was much smarter than Kirabi, and she immediately grasped the key point: “Has Konoha been weakened again? Then should we change our target to Uchiha this time?”
Ai shook his head: “The situation has become complicated.”
Then he handed the information to Yumujin. Kirabi stretched his head and noticed the photo of the mighty Susanoo.
“Is this… Susanoo… Yo! Yo! You! You fool!”
After reading the intelligence, Yumu Ren found out that although Uchiha had left the village with more than a hundred elites.
But apart from the buildings, the entire tribe suffered no casualties.
It also revealed that Fugaku and Itachi are both strong in Mangekyō Sharingan….
Chapter 22 Showdown! Uchiha… is very strong! (Old version)
Although the Uchiha and Konoha are now at odds with each other, they have not openly broken up.
Moreover, Itachi’s departure might be due to some kind of deal with the Third Generation.
If war breaks out again, it is unclear whether Itachi and Fugaku will help Konoha.
But he certainly won’t help Yunyin, at least not now.
After all, Yunyin’s finances are completely overwhelmed, so they actively seek peace talks.
Now this happened.
“Lord Raikage, what do you think?”
The Raikage tapped the Uchiha on the intelligence.
“Our original plan remains unchanged, but we must pay attention to the movements of the Uchiha. The current Uchiha is very strong…”
Although Kirabi is nominally the leader of the mission, he is just a mascot, after all, he is Ai’s younger brother.
The real leader is the wooden man next to him.
The Uchiha broke with Konoha, and the third generation was old and frail.
With two tailed beast Jinchuriki, it will not be a problem for them to protect themselves during this trip to Konoha.
As to whether they are going there to negotiate or have other intentions, it depends on the situation of the other party.
The great changes in the Uchiha clan caused a lot of discussion among the villagers.
Various rumors also spread.
It is said that during the Nine-Tails Rebellion, it was Danzo who prevented the Uchiha from fighting on the grounds of protecting the villagers, and he has been ostracized over the years.
It is said that the reason why the young master Uchiha left was because Danzo dug out Uchiha Shisui’s eyes.
But the Third Hokage only verbally punished Danzo. Whether Danzo assisted the Hokage or not was just an empty title.
Now isn’t he still safely serving as his advisory elder?
Another rumor is even more interesting.
It is said that the Uchiha had long been dissatisfied with the village, and that the Third Generation was incompetent, which led to the rebellion of Uchiha Itachi and Shisui.
Now the Third Generation is soft-hearted again, saying that Itachi just ran away and is not worthy of being Hokage.
On ordinary days, some people might agree with these rumors.
But before that, Uchiha Shisui did not rebel even after his eyes were gouged out.
Everyone scoffed at the rumors that discredited the Uchiha.
If they wanted to rebel, they would have done so long ago. Why would they wait until today?
Besides, villagers are most sensitive to their daily lives.
There are only a few commercial streets in Konoha, and the places where the Uchiha clan is on duty have the best security.
They patrol frequently, are efficient and have rich experience in handling emergencies.
The next is the area under the Hyuga family’s control. The people there are gentle and have Byakugan.
No matter what happens in the distance, the Hyuga clan members can observe it.
Although the processing was a bit slow, everyone could still accept it.
The worst area is from the first to the fourth streets, which are said to be under the control of Danzo’s men.
They arrest and detain people without any discrimination.
Those men were cold as ice and cruel in their actions, breaking limbs was common.
Nowadays, no one likes to stroll around 1st to 4th Streets, so the place has become much quieter.
Originally, people didn’t have any special impression of the elder Danzo Shimura.
But now everyone knows clearly what kind of person this is.
If you want to be Hokage, you have to show your real ability. Don’t frame Uchiha all the time and bring discredit to the Third Hokage.
If Danzo didn’t hold the title of Konoha’s Advisory Elder, the villagers would have spit at his door long ago.
Although Danzo himself was aware of the problem, he let the guard team’s “roots”
Departments should be gentle when enforcing the law.
But those deep-rooted habits cannot be changed easily.
Coupled with the villagers’
The prejudice against China is deep-rooted and it is extremely difficult to change its image.
The Uchiha clan is now busy hiring a construction team to rebuild the family territory.
However, the location chosen is a bit far from Konoha.
Of course, the Uchiha also built a road as soon as possible to make it easier for the clansmen who opened shops in the village to move back and forth.
Although it is a bit troublesome, business is much better than before.
People from other villages no longer looked at them strangely, so the Uchiha civilians accepted it.
This road was built with high-quality stones and cost a lot of money.
Many people think that the Uchiha people really have too much money to spend, so they paved such a good road.
In comparison, the construction of the Uchiha’s own territory seemed to be less thoughtful, and the building materials used were only average.
The quality is average, and it doesn’t reflect the high-end atmosphere of a big family at all.
The decoration is also quite simple, and the newly built house can be described in two words: simple.
These are the results of Kawasaki and Fugaku’s discussion, because there will be a guy coming to Konoha to carry rice later.
If the area for carrying rice is wider, no matter how well it is built now, it will become a ruin by then.
As the outside world develops, this place will be abandoned sooner or later, so why make it so beautiful?
Kawasaki had been researching the gourmet snacks of the Land of Fire.
After learning about the food situation in this world, he wrote in his plan.
Copied all kinds of Chinese delicacies.
Of course, the main structure is the main focus.
Kawasaki worked in catering training in his previous life, and his mind is full of gourmet recipes.
However, here, the specific operations, material selection and finished products all depend on Itachi and his team’s continuous attempts.
In addition to the different ingredients, we also have to consider the taste preferences of people in this world.
Fortunately, the Uchiha had accumulated sufficient funds over the years, enough for them to tinker with it for a while.
If money is not enough, Itachi and Shisui can work part-time as bounty ninjas.
After all, such high combat power does not need to be wasted.
There are plenty of bounties on the black market, and having the ability is the fastest way to make money.
Isn’t this how the Akatsuki organization started?
Although later it was all squandered by Xiaonan, that spendthrift woman.
It has been some time since Itachi ran away from home.
As time went by, the topic about Uchiha gradually cooled down.
Kawasaki, who had paid attention to public opinion before, is actually quite busy himself.
Because the faction template in his hand has a new function:
In the template, the avatars of people who are loyal or have a high degree of intimacy with Kawasaki will be highlighted.
After clicking it, there is a “dream button”.
Currently including Fugaku, Takuya, Hinata, Itachi, Shisui and some Uchiha clan members.
Kawasaki clicked on Fugaku’s portrait frame, and the word “battle” below
The options are also broken down into categories.
He tapped the “Physical Technique” button.
[Dream construction in progress…Dream construction completed. Uchiha Fugaku – Taijutsu]Kawasaki lay on the bed, closed his eyes and his consciousness entered the martial arts training ground.
Fugaku appeared on the opposite side and began to demonstrate his taijutsu one by one.
Every move and every style is full of Uchiha style, gorgeous and full of skill.
With the help of the Sharingan, his movements were flying up and down. It was hard to imagine that a strong man could be so coordinated.
After Fugaku finished his demonstration, he leaped towards Kawasaki.
Kawasaki instinctively wanted to use the substitution technique, but found that he couldn’t mobilize the chakra.
With a bang, Kawasaki exploded like a shadow clone.
Kawasaki opened his eyes and found himself still in the bedroom.
Oh, it’s a virtual training room?
Kawasaki opened the power panel again and saw that Fugaku’s avatar was dark with a countdown next to it.
You can only simulate once a day.
He clicked on Itachi’s taijutsu again.
[Dream is being constructed…Dream is completed, Uchiha Itachi – Taijutsu]Kawasaki closed his eyes again.
Back at the training grounds, across from him stood Itachi, dressed in ANBU attire and carrying a sword.
Itachi first demonstrated Taijutsu like Fugaku did, but he went a step further and demonstrated the use of kunai and shuriken.
Precise control of them at high speeds.
Guide the shuriken with the steel wire.
And use kunai mid-air collision to change its trajectory.
After the demonstration, Itachi rushed towards Kawasaki just like Fugaku.
But at the same time, he threw out numerous kunai and shurikens at high speed.
This time Kawasaki was mentally prepared and was quite cautious at first.
With the help of the Mangekyo, Kawasaki was able to dodge Itachi’s kunai and shuriken with ease…
Chapter 23: Raikage, Kawasaki’s way to make money! (Old version)
I do have some talent, Kawasaki thought.
Bang! The sound of the kunai hitting each other.
Hiss! The sound of the wire being pulled.
The kunai that he had dodged changed direction again and headed straight for where Kawasaki was dodging.
The shuriken made a bend using the steel wire, blocking Kawasaki’s path of movement.
Kawasaki narrowly escaped disaster.
And Itachi threw another kunai, hitting not only the kunai in front.
The other steel wires were tightened at the same time, blocking Kawasaki’s retreat routes on both sides.
While Kawasaki was using his sword to block the shuriken, the steel wire had already wrapped around him.
Itachi approached.
With one cut, Kawasaki turned into smoke.
Kawasaki suddenly opened his eyes.
Itachi’s hidden weapon throwing is simply at the state of art.
Kawasaki didn’t believe it and picked the fourth elder, Yangping.
[Dream is being constructed…Dream is completed. Uchiha Hinata – Taijutsu]Kawasaki closes his eyes again
After a long time, Kawasaki opened his eyes and took a heavy breath.
Yangping in the dream is already in his twilight years.
Even for a man like Hinata, Kawasaki had to work very hard to defeat him.
That’s right, it’s not victory, but mutual destruction.
It’s true that none of those who have been to the battlefield are easy to deal with.
However, on the power panel, Uchiha Hinata’s “Physical Skills” item disappeared.
Kawasaki scratches its head and tries something else?
He ordered Hinata’s “jutsu”.
[Dream is being constructed…Dream is completed, Uchiha Hinata – Ninjutsu]Kawasaki had experience this time. After entering the dream, he saw Hinata standing and explaining the ninjutsu he had mastered.
Most of them are tricks that play with fire, and a few are tricks that play with earth.
Kawasaki’s greatest strength is his ninjutsu, but he is also good at playing with fire.
He has no skills in playing with soil. There’s nothing he can do about it; he was born not to be associated with soil.
If you insist on using it, it will be a thankless task.
Kawasaki tested it a long time ago and found that he only has the ability to play with fire and electricity, and his level of playing with fire is much higher than that of playing with electricity.
Following the ninjutsu hand gestures taught by Yangping and guiding the chakra to the right path, he was able to successfully perform the move of playing with fire.
Chapter 24: Child of Destiny! The Power of the Sharingan! (Old Version)
He also tried playing with soil, and found that the soil skills in his dream did not become weaker just because he was not good at soil.
After Kawasaki tried all his skills, he did not get the ninjutsu showdown he had been expecting.
Instead, it was pulled directly out of the dream.
Elder Yangping still had one illusion left that he hadn’t had time to demonstrate.
Kawasaki went in a little bit and it was pretty much the same as before.
[Dream is being built… The dream is complete, Uchiha Hinata – Illusion Chapter]As soon as I entered the dream, I had a class on how to use and resolve illusions.
The previous owner’s illusion technique was not very good, although Kawasaki finished the lesson quickly.
But I still feel dizzy.
But Kawasaki’s eyes are too powerful.
Hinata used illusion on him, but Kawasaki used his eyesight to fight back.
Kawasaki came out of the illusion again.
Kawasaki discovered that in the faction list, under Uchiha Hinata’s avatar, the icons for Taijutsu, Ninjutsu, and Genjutsu were gone.
Only “actual combat” is left
button.
Kawasaki was full of fighting spirit and clicked again.
[Dream is being built… The dream is built, Uchiha Hinata – actual combat]He fell into the dream again.
But this time it was a real sparring with real swords and guns.
Not long.
Kawasaki opened his eyes again and his face didn’t look good.
I didn’t expect that old man Uchiha Hinata had such a sharp experience.
Set traps with darts and treasure charms.
If you are not careful, you will get into trouble.
In the end, he won thanks to Susanoo.
My actual combat skills are worse than I imagined.
When I opened Yangping’s page again, the actual combat button was still there, it was just cooling down. It seems that the actual combat can be challenged repeatedly.
Thinking so, Kawasaki turned his target to the third elder, Uchiha Takuya.
Dive into the dream again.
The early morning sun shone in, and Kawasaki opened his eyes with a hollow look.
The time in the dream is actually synchronized with reality.
After staying up all night, Kawasaki felt exhausted and very sleepy.
This night was busy, apart from taking care of the elderly Yangping elder.
He also lost the actual combat with the third elder Takuya. Of course, Kawasaki didn’t use Susanoo.
As for Fugaku, Shisui, and Itachi, they never gave him a chance to fight, and he lost in the physical skills stage.
As for the ninjutsu part, although there is no real fighting with swords and guns.
But if you practice incorrectly, the chakra will run wild in your body and you may explode into smoke if you are not careful.
When it comes to illusion, Kawasaki’s talent is terrible and a lot of things he says are incomprehensible.
Kawasaki tried many times, but finally had to accept the fact that he was a novice in illusion.
However, he has good eyesight and can get rid of illusions in a very short time.
But when it comes to performing magic, his skills are very crude.
The only ones he could control firmly were those Uchiha masters with three magatama, or those with two magatama like Uchiha Keiming.
Most Uchiha masters have no obvious weaknesses. Among physical skills, Uchiha Yaoyue has the fastest swordsmanship.
His movements were as fast as the wind and his attacks were ruthless, completely different from his usual dull appearance.
The one who is most accurate at throwing darts is Itachi. The technique of throwing darts in a way that makes them collide and change direction requires extremely high observation skills.
The best at illusion is naturally Shisui, so fight against Shisui.
Kawasaki felt like a fool, being controlled by the illusion at a glance.
If it weren’t for Kaleidoscope’s strong eyesight, he wouldn’t even have the chance to fight back.
Kawasaki was exhausted after being beaten up all night.
Looking at the list of forces, almost everyone’s dreams have entered a cooling-off period.
Kawasaki closed his eyes and this time he really fell asleep.
After waking up, Kawasaki went straight to the training ground to stretch his muscles.
Then he continued his dream simulation.
As a result, Kawasaki spends every day on the training ground except sleeping.
Sometimes, when other Uchiha saw Kawasaki at the training ground, Kawasaki would just move his body and then leave.
But both the physical skills and the ninjutsu amazed everyone present.
With such efficient training and actual combat in dreams, Kawasaki made rapid progress.
Kawasaki is now like a veteran who has been on the battlefield for a long time. He is no longer a senior ninja who has to fight for his life to complete an ordinary mission.
However, Kawasaki cannot learn the unique skills of the Mangekyō Sharingan.
And Kawasaki’s own Kaleidoscope skill shows no signs of awakening.
Kawasaki is not in a hurry and is waiting slowly.
Before that, three kaleidoscopes’ pupil powers were injected into his eyes.
This causes Kawasaki’s pupil power to be particularly strong, and it is increasing all the time.
Now Kawasaki is getting stronger even if it does nothing.
Not to mention that he also fought with Fugaku, Shisui, and Itachi in his dreams every night.
Kawasaki, who had just enjoyed a few days of leisure, was caught by Fugaku, who forced Sasuke to become his disciple.
Because the situation was unclear, Fugaku originally planned to send Sasuke out of the village, but was stopped by Kawasaki.
Kawasaki’s reason is that there are too many ambitious people in the ninja world now.
Unless Sasuke has the Mangekyō Sharingan to protect him, it would be more dangerous for Sasuke to be alone outside.
Just kidding, Sasuke is no longer in Konoha.
How can I establish a bond with Naruto, grow together, suffer setbacks, grow again, suffer setbacks again, and grow again?
But this is just a casual move by Kawasaki.
Although Sasuke and Naruto are both children of destiny, they contain the reincarnations of Indra and Ashura’s chakras respectively.
In terms of qualifications, you say he is good, but he only opened a magatama when his whole family was wiped out.
You can say he is not good enough, but he has already obtained three magatama after hanging out with Naruto for a year.
The remaining two to three magatama are all related to Naruto.
Only by becoming a teammate or opponent with Naruto can you improve quickly.
According to the original plan, Sasuke should have opened the Mangekyō long ago.
He had a fair fight with Itachi, and was eventually defeated by Itachi.
Only in this way can Sasuke release the hatred in his heart and help him achieve the Eternal Mangekyō.
As a result, when Sasuke fought him, he only had three magatama.
For Itachi, the battle with Sasuke might be the most difficult in his life.
You have to take into account Sasuke’s chakra, your own chakra, your own lifespan, and your eyesight.
And he had to keep Sasuke from noticing.
The technique of releasing water can be said to have reached the level of perfection.
Sasuke had a hard life. His family was destroyed when he was a child and his brother deceived him.
Let him live with false hatred.
Little Sasuke never thought about these things, whether they were reasonable or not.
The Uchiha clan was destroyed, why did Konoha have no reaction, where did the Anbu go.
With no one to guide him, his temperament became extremely unstable after his clan was exterminated, and he was both proud and inferior.
As he gained more power, he became more confident and arrogant.
Every time his strength improves, his mentality becomes arrogant, and with the kaleidoscope he thinks he is invincible.
He always likes to skip levels to challenge the big boss, and dares to fight against Mangekyo with three magatama.
Mangekyō went up to attack the Eight-Tails, and Eternal Mangekyō wanted to attack the Rinnegan.
As a result, every time he got impulsive, he would be beaten up.
How many years did Itachi practice his Mangekyō Sharingan?
As for Sasuke, it took less than a month from the time his Mangekyō Sharingan opened to the time his vision declined.
The actual usage time, by calculation, is no more than an hour.
Is it the power of the Sharingan that changes a person’s character so drastically that he or she starts fighting anyone they see without mercy?
Until the end, when he and Naruto worked together to seal Kaguya, Kawasaki felt that luck played too much of a role along the way.
But luckily, that didn’t happen and Sasuke didn’t have to endure those hardships.
Kawasaki doesn’t have to place all his hopes on Sasuke alone.
After all, Itachi is still there.
Itachi has a strong learning ability. Whether it is kunai or shuriken, his skills are far superior to those of other ninjas of the same age, and his speed in forming hand seals is astonishing.
In battle, he can always cleverly take advantage of his opponent’s offensive and manipulate the situation at his fingertips.
After joining the Anbu, his strength grew faster than even that of Kakashi, who was known as a genius.
When he rebelled against the village, he had already reached the level of a Kage-level warrior.
His illusion skills are particularly outstanding.
With just one glance, he was able to resist the attack of Konoha’s illusion master Kurenai Yuhi, and with one Tsukuyomi he could instantly subdue Kakashi.
Even Orochimaru, one of the three veteran ninjas, could not escape Itachi’s illusion and was unable to move.
He has a calm personality and can remain extremely calm at all times.
In battle, he can quickly analyze the enemy’s weaknesses, has strong on-the-spot judgment, and always grasps the key to a comeback.
If he can grow up healthily, his stability may surpass Sasuke.
His only regret was his poor physical condition, so Kawasaki arranged for him to go to Tanokuni.
Shisui also became famous at a young age, and opened the Mangekyō Sharingan earlier and faster than Sasuke.
His attainments in illusion techniques are even better than Itachi’s, and his skills are also extremely agile.
Except for the extremely powerful ninja from the Hidden Cloud Village and the guy who mastered the time and space ninjutsu.
Almost no one can match his speed.
If he had not died young, his achievements in the original world would have been immeasurable.
Therefore, Kawasaki also regards him as a key training target.
In view of this, Kawasaki is no longer so concerned about Sasuke’s cultivation.
You can rest assured with your brother Itachi and Shisui taking care of things.
However, since Fugaku came personally to ask for help, it would be unkind of Kawasaki to refuse again.
After all, although there is system assistance, all decisions still depend on yourself.
It was Fugaku’s full support from the beginning to the end that made things go so smoothly.
Sasuke is the reincarnation of Indra and is still just a child. Kawasaki wants to see if he can save something.
If Sasuke could be more composed, he would undoubtedly be a powerful fighter in the future.
Sasuke had just been brought back to the village when he learned that the family had undergone tremendous changes during his absence.
The respected brother Shisui had one of his eyes taken away.
The family added a deputy chief, and the adored brother fled the village, taking many Uchiha clan members with him.
My house has been destroyed and turned into ruins, but fortunately my father and mother are safe and sound.
His five-year-old mind was completely unable to comprehend all this suddenness.
Walking alone on the street, feeling sad, he tried hard to look cool.
After all, he is from the Uchiha clan!
When the villagers saw him, there were mixed emotions in their eyes, but mostly kindness.
After all, Sasuke is just a child and his family has just experienced a huge change.
In the eyes of ordinary people, these changes are tantamount to the beginning of the fall of a prominent family.
Although Sasuke didn’t understand the meaning behind these looks, he was very unhappy in his heart.
He ran faster and unknowingly came to the grove he often visited.
Before I got close, I heard the children screaming and swearing.
“Get lost! You demon fox, who wants to play with you!”
“Just wait, I will definitely become Hokage!”
“Hahahahaha, you think you can become Hokage?”
“It was you, this demon fox, who killed my father!”
“Beat him!”
Sasuke walked through the woods and saw a few children fighting.
Several kids rode on Uzumaki Naruto’s back and beat him.
Naruto’s face was covered with tears, but he still refused to give up and continued to struggle.
“Hey! Who allowed you to bully others?”
Sasuke walked out of the woods.
“Who are you?!”
“What’s it got to do with you?!”
Sasuke put his hands in his pockets, “I am Uchiha Sasuke! Let him go immediately or you will suffer the consequences.”
Chapter 25: Treat Naruto to noodles, Uchiha Kawasaki! (Old version)
“Uchiha?!”
Several children looked at each other, then burst into laughter: “What’s so great about Uchiha, hahahaha!”
“The Uchiha is no longer able to survive!”
“Your Uchiha clan leader has run away, and you are still showing off your power here.”
Sasuke was furious when he heard this.
“I’m going to teach you little brats a lesson today!”
Sasuke rushed forward and punched the child riding on Naruto, knocking him down.
Naruto took the opportunity to get up. He was covered in dirt, but seemed to be fine.
The two teamed up to deal with the other three children.
After all, Sasuke is from the Uchiha clan, which is different from Naruto’s random punching.
His physical skills were already quite good, with trips and elbows.
He knocked down two of them, while Naruto was still fighting with the remaining two.
Naruto knocked one of them to the ground with his fist.
Seeing that they could not gain any benefit, the children pulled each other to stand up and ran away: “A demon fox, a member of a traitor family. You just wait…”
The only person left in the forest was Naruto, his face covered in dust and tears.
Although Sasuke was dressed neatly, his face did not look good.
Sasuke put his hands in his pockets again, “Hey, crybaby, what’s got you in such a mess?”
Naruto put away his sad expression and said, “Humph, you cocky little brat, where have you been recently? I haven’t even seen you by the lake.”
Sasuke and Naruto have known each other since childhood. Sasuke often practiced Fire Style by the lake, but Naruto has not seen Sasuke recently.
During this period, there were constant rumors about the Uchiha.
For children, it is always the negative news that spreads.
No matter which world, these little guys always have the same temperament.
“My father asked me to go out for a while, and I was locked in my room every day. I was so annoyed.”
Sasuke said casually.
Naruto asked carefully, “Sasuke, is there something wrong at home?”
Sasuke wanted to lose his temper.
But seeing Naruto’s cautious look, he just snorted coldly: “That’s impossible, we Uchiha are fine!”
For Naruto, he has been bullied since he was a child, and he envied Sasuke because Sasuke had his relatives by his side.
He himself was just an orphan without a father or a mother, and only the Third Hokage would come to see him occasionally.
He didn’t understand many things and didn’t understand why people called him a fox demon.
I don’t understand why people don’t want to be friends with him.
But Sasuke, Hinata, Shikamaru and others have never bullied him and are close friends to him.
He was very worried that something would go wrong in his friend’s family and he would become like him, an orphan with no one to care for him.
At this time, while Naruto and Sasuke were talking, several Anbu were standing quietly on a branch not far away.
They were arranged by the Hokage to monitor the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki Naruto around the clock.
Naruto’s every move, every meal, every word and deed were all recorded and reported to the Third Hokage.
Although Sasuke and Naruto knew each other before, the Uchiha at that time were different from now.
Therefore, when Sasuke approached Naruto, some Anbu members had already gone to report to the Hokage.
While Naruto was being monitored, there was another person on the tree next to him – Uchiha Kawasaki.
He accepted Fugaku’s request and planned to take Sasuke as his apprentice, but wanted to see it with his own eyes first.
What kind of child is Sasuke, who has not yet experienced the night when his family was wiped out?
Judging from the fight just now, Uchiha Sasuke is a little arrogant but kind-hearted guy.
Sasuke received an elite education at home. He now practices shuriken every day and even knows fire escape techniques.
However, he managed to send the kids off with just his taijutsu skills.
Later he went to comfort Naruto.
Kawasaki observed for a long time, stroking his chin and thinking, it seems that his previous impression of Sasuke was wrong.
After Sasuke’s family was destroyed, his property was taken over by Konoha Village. There was no one to guide him, so it seems that it can’t be entirely his fault that he later became extreme.
Little Sasuke, who has not experienced the tragedy of genocide, is actually a very cute child.
Well, it’s not too late to correct your perception.
Kawasaki jumped straight down from the tree, startling Sasuke and Naruto.
“Sasuke, remember me?”
He said showing his Sharingan.
Sasuke was a little nervous at first and protected Naruto behind him, but he relaxed after seeing Kawasaki’s Sharingan.
Those who possess the Sharingan are members of the same clan.
“I’m Kawasaki, you’ve seen me before.”
Kawasaki said with a smile.
Sasuke looked at Kawasaki carefully, and gradually the image of Uchiha Kawasaki in his memory overlapped.
No wonder he couldn’t remember clearly, because Kawasaki had only met Sasuke a few times in his original identity.
“Ah! You are Kawasaki-senpai!…”
Sasuke suddenly recognized Kawasaki.
Then he said hesitantly, “I heard that Senior Kawasaki… is now the deputy clan leader?”
Kawasaki is not used to putting on airs, and he is serious in the clan in order to establish his prestige.
But it was unnecessary in front of Sasuke, he replied helplessly: “What deputy clan leader or not, just call me senior.”
Sasuke said happily, “Yes, Kawasaki-senpai.”
Kawasaki looked up and asked, “Didn’t I tell you to go home as soon as you get back to the village? Why are you still here?”
“Uh…ah…I…”
Sasuke heard a lot of rumors as soon as he entered the village.
So I came here in a depressed mood.
“Stop saying ‘I, I’. You must be hungry. I’ll take you to eat.”
Kawasaki rubbed Sasuke’s head.
“good.”
Sasuke was a little nervous, but he couldn’t avoid Kawasaki’s hand.
Naruto stood aside, his eyes filled with envy and a hint of sadness.
“Then Sasuke, I’m going home for dinner too!”
Naruto tried hard to cheer himself up, not wanting Sasuke to notice how depressed he was.
Maybe there is a pack of instant noodles left at home to fill your stomach.
“Wait a moment.”
Kawasaki gave a friendly smile: “You are Sasuke’s friend, right?”
Naruto sniffed, “Yes, uncle! My name is Uzumaki Naruto! The man who will become the Hokage in the future.”
“Uncle?!”
Kawasaki couldn’t help but smile bitterly, as his physical age was the same as Kakashi’s.
In this world where teenagers can go to the battlefield and get married at an early age, it is common to be called an uncle when you are almost twenty years old, but Kawasaki doesn’t like it.
He ignored Naruto’s next words. He had secretly looked at Naruto before. He was wearing shabby clothes and looked haggard.
If it weren’t for the Uzumaki clan’s strong physique, Naruto would have been in trouble for his lifestyle of often going hungry and drinking expired milk.
If you don’t die, you will definitely get sick.
Sarutobi Hiruzen is really bad.
He cursed secretly in his heart.
Kawasaki smiled and said, “Since you are Sasuke’s friend, how about I treat you to ramen?”
“Oh! Really, uncle?”
Naruto was full of surprise, because the Third Hokage usually didn’t give much money.
It takes him a long time to eat ramen.
When Kawasaki saw Naruto’s happy look, he despised the Third Hokage in his heart again.
“Of course it’s true, but don’t call me uncle, call me Kawasaki-senpai.”
Kawasaki squatted down and rubbed Naruto’s head…
Chapter 26 Lord Kawasaki! Come out, Kakashi! (Old version)
“Oh! Okay, Kawasaki-senpai!”
Naruto has been looked down upon since he was a child, and he has a vague idea of ​​who is truly kind to him.
At this moment, he was really happy that he met an adult who did not despise him.
“Come on, Sasuke. Let’s go get something to eat first.”
Kawasaki waved to Sasuke, who was standing aside with his hands in his pockets trying to look cool.
“Huh, what a hassle.”
Although he said it proudly, Sasuke didn’t say no when he saw Naruto’s happy expression.
Kawasaki looked up, then took the two of them out of the woods.
The ANBU members hiding in the trees looked at each other.
Uchiha Kawasaki is a big shot and currently the deputy head of the Uchiha clan.
The entire Hokage system was disgraced before.
Now he is actually trying to approach the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki.
“Report to the Hokage immediately!”
Ichiraku Ramen Restaurant.
The door curtain was lifted, and Kawasaki led Sasuke and Naruto in.
There were no other customers in the store, only Shouda and Acorus.
“Uncle Ichiraku! Here I come again!”
Naruto yelled as he entered the room, Sasuke turned away slightly embarrassed and pretended not to know Naruto.
Uncle Ichiraku said with a kind face and a big smile: “Naruto, you are here, what would you like to eat today?”
“big…”
Under Kawasaki’s gaze, Naruto
He swallowed the word back.
“Kawasaki-senpai, can I have tonkotsu ramen?”
Naruto asked shyly.
Kawasaki was studying the menu by now, his finger sliding across it.
He said, “Forget about the tonkotsu ramen.”
“Is it not possible?”
Naruto lowered his head somewhat frustratedly.
“Give Naruto a grand slam.”
Kawasaki ordered the most expensive ramen.
Except for ramen.
It also adds many kinds of meat steaks, chicken, eggs, barbecued pork, etc., making it the most luxurious ramen set meal.
“Oh! Long live Kawasaki-senpai!”
Naruto had never eaten a Grand Slam.
The best tonkotsu ramen he had ever had was.
Kawasaki couldn’t help but shake his head as he looked at Naruto’s face filled with happiness just from having a little food.
“Give me a bowl of tonkotsu ramen, Sasuke, order whatever you want…”
At this moment, Kawasaki felt a surge of chakra passing over his head.
Kawasaki didn’t look up. Was it the third generation’s clairvoyance technique?
Haha, you were not there when I was taking care of Naruto, but now that someone is approaching Naruto, you run faster than anyone else.
“Slurp…”
Naruto made the sound of eating noodles and was very happy.
Kawasaki finished a bowl of pork bone ramen and found the soup to be really delicious.
But he was not used to the food, so he could only make do with it.
Sasuke ordered some snacks to enjoy on the side.
Just as Naruto was about to finish eating, the door curtain was lifted again.
A ninja with a silver hedgehog head and a mask came in and sat in the corner.
“Boss, please, a bowl of miso char siu noodles.”
Kawasaki turned his head and glanced at Kakashi.
Tsk, are you so nervous? Even Kakashi was sent here.
“Hic~”
Naruto burped and clasped his hands together.
“Thank you for the treat!”
The Uzumaki clan’s physique is really not exaggerated.
The bowl of this Grand Slam ramen is two times bigger than Naruto’s head, and the ingredients inside are also quite rich.
Even he would have to spend some time, he didn’t expect Naruto to have finished eating, and Naruto is only five years old now.
Naruto likes to eat ramen, partly because the ramen here is delicious.
On the other hand, Shouda and Acorus are the few who do not discriminate against him.
Besides, the ramen here is relatively cheap.
This is all Naruto can afford.
“Naruto, are you full?”
Kawasaki asked with a smile.
“Hey, Kawasaki-senpai, I’m full.”
Naruto patted his bulging belly and had never felt so happy.
“Naruto, I heard that you often cause trouble?”
Someone asked.
Sasuke was confused and thought: We just met today, how did we hear this?
But Kawasaki gave Sasuke a look and he immediately shut up.
“I, that… hehehe.”
Naruto scratched his head a little shyly. After all, he couldn’t tell Kawasaki that it was just a little prank to attract everyone’s attention.
“I’m sorry, Kawasaki-senpai, I won’t be naughty again.”
But Kawasaki didn’t blame him. Instead, he waved to Ayame and said, “Please settle the bill.”
Kawasaki took out twenty thousand-tael bills and handed them to Acorus.
Chang Pu quickly waved his hand: “Three hundred and twenty taels in total will be enough.”
Ichiraku Ramen is affordable. Apart from the deluxe version which costs 200 taels, the ones for Kawasaki and Sasuke are only 60 taels each.
Kawasaki waved his hand and said, “Save the rest here. Naruto and Sasuke can eat as much as they want when they come. The expenses will be deducted from this.”
“Is this… okay?”
Acorus turned around and saw Shouda smiling and nodding before taking the money.
“Naruto, I’ve deposited some money here. You and Sasuke can come over and eat whenever you want.”
“Kawasaki-senpai, how can this be possible? I can’t take your money.”
Naruto was quite surprised.
Kawasaki’s face was stern: “Who gave you money? You are Sasuke’s friend, are you going to sit and watch while Sasuke eats?”
“Ninja school is about to start. You two have to go to class every day. It’s more convenient to eat here.”
“Oh…oh…this…”
Naruto felt something was wrong in his little head, but he couldn’t put his finger on it.
Kawasaki smiled and said, “Sasuke doesn’t have many friends, so it’s up to you to play with him often.”
“Also, stop making trouble and study hard at school.”
“Oh! Okay! I’ll play with Sasuke more often in the future! I’ll study hard!”
When Naruto encounters something he can’t figure out, he just stops thinking about it.
The first time someone asked him for something, he felt a surge of power and felt warm and happy in his heart.
Sasuke pouted at the side: “Who wants him to come and play with me, huh.”
Kawasaki was used to Sasuke’s little tsundere, so he shook his head and led the two children out.
Kakashi quickly finished his noodles and followed closely behind Kawasaki and the others.
Just now, Hokage urgently recalled him and asked him to come and see why Kawasaki was being nice to Naruto for no reason and what his intention was.
As a result, Kawasaki treated Naruto to ramen and took him to Konoha Eight Street.
That street is full of Uchiha family’s shops. Today, Konoha’s Eighth Street is the most lively because the Uchiha guards are patrolling nearby.
Everyone who met Kawasaki bowed respectfully: “Master Kawasaki.”
Kawasaki waved back one by one.
When they reached the street corner, Kawasaki felt that Kakashi and the others were getting anxious, and there were more and more Anbu people.
Kawasaki didn’t want to have a head-on confrontation with the ANBU for the time being, so he took out a stack of money from his pocket and gave it to Sasuke.
“Sasuke, you haven’t been back for so long, go buy some new clothes, um, buy a few more sets, and buy two sets for your good friend Naruto.”
“I have something to take care of. See you later.”
Kawasaki gave Sasuke a wink, and Sasuke rolled his eyes, not quite understanding.
Kawasaki walked out and told the Uchiha clan member next to him: “Some ANBU people will come to see Naruto in a while, you don’t have to worry about it.”
The Uchiha Guard saluted.
After Kawasaki walked for a while, he said to the person behind him: “Come out, Kakashi.”
Chapter 27: The Third Generation! Sasuke and Naruto! (Old Version)
Kakashi showed up: “Deputy Chief Uchiha Kawasaki, do you know me? What is your purpose in approaching Naruto?”
Kawasaki looked Kakashi up and down, Kakashi was now dressed as an ANBU.
He was not wearing a mask, and his forehead protector covered his left eye, revealing a hollow and helpless look.
Thinking of the hard life Naruto had lived over the years, Kawasaki felt disgusted with Kakashi.
He suddenly teleported in front of Kakashi and kicked him down.
Kakashi was not expecting to be attacked suddenly and fell to the ground.
Kawasaki spat fiercely: “Bah, I’ve disliked you for a long time!”
Then he breathed a sigh of relief: “This is refreshing!”
Kakashi stood up, looking angry: “Kawasaki! Why did you attack me!”
Kakashi was very restrained, worried that Kawasaki was deliberately provoking him. The relationship between the Uchiha and the village was tense and delicate.
Kawasaki taunted, “Why did I attack you?”
“Because you are ungrateful, hard-hearted, and… “
Kawasaki curled his lips and swallowed his words.
“Me?! Ungrateful?!”
Kakashi looked puzzled: “I don’t even know you, how can you be ungrateful?”
Kawasaki stroked his chin and looked at Kakashi from head to toe, and then from bottom to top.
This guy, is this Hatake Sakumo’s son?
“Aren’t you Minato Namikaze’s apprentice?”
“So what?”
This is no secret, all the Uchiha know it.
“You still remember that you are the apprentice of Minato Namikaze.”
Kawasaki is weird.
“He is an orphan who is bullied every day and eats spoiled food. Can’t you see it?”
Kakashi was silent for a moment: “It was the order of the Third Hokage, Naruto…”
“Oh, nonsense, don’t mention those nonsense about his identity being kept secret.”
Kawasaki was impatient: “What does this have to do with him eating junk food and spoiled food every day?”
“I have grown up without any decent clothes. I don’t eat well and I don’t have warm clothes.”
“The third generation is really good at taking care of the fourth generation’s orphans, and you are really good at taking care of your master’s son.”
“You watched the Third Hokage usurp your master’s inheritance, watched Naruto starve and suffer, drank expired milk, and ate a lunch box mixed with sand, and you were indifferent, right?”
“You’re the only one who said you were from the Hatake family. How disgusting.”
Kakashi was speechless, there really was nothing to say.
After Obito’s death, he became extremely depressed and lived like a walking corpse day after day.
He mechanically completed his tasks every day and didn’t take good care of himself, let alone Naruto.
Whatever the third generation says is what it is. There is no need to think, and no need to think.
Kakashi pulled himself together, “That’s not a reason for you to get close to Naruto.”
Kawasaki waved his hand: “When we were young, Sister Kushina helped me. I just want Naruto to have good food and warm clothes. You think too much. I am not that bad.”
“It doesn’t matter how much the Anbu monitors you.”
Kakashi relaxed with a complicated expression.
Kawasaki put his hands behind his head and walked leisurely towards Hachimae, “But in the future, if Naruto feels that the Uchiha treat him better, that will be Naruto’s choice.”
Kakashi was shocked!
“Here, two pieces.”
“Two of these, too.”
“These are two pieces, packed separately.”
When Kawasaki returned to Hachimae, Sasuke was choosing clothes in a clothing store.
Naruto already had several bags in his hands, filled with shoes, pants, and more.
Sasuke waved the banknotes and directed the clerks to run around.
As an Uchiha shop, they naturally knew the young clan leader.
The service was extremely attentive, and since Sasuke was generous, he never bargained and would buy whatever he liked.
“Bang!”
Kawasaki tapped Sasuke lightly on the top of his head.
“Ouch!”
“You kid, how can you buy things like this?”
Sasuke pouted, not very happy, but soon handed the thing to Naruto happily, and the two of them chatted happily.
Kawasaki is not stingy with money. The Uchiha family is wealthy, so buying a few more pieces of clothing is no big deal.
The important thing is not to let Sasuke develop the bad habit of being bossy.
Naruto widened his eyes and looked at the clothes excitedly. These were things he would never dare to think about normally.
But at the same time, he felt a little embarrassed.
“Kawasaki-senpai, these…”
Kawasaki waved his hand: “You are Sasuke’s friend, there is no need to say anything else.”
Naruto nodded heavily with a twinkle in his eyes.
“Um!…”
“Hello, Lord Kawasaki.”
In addition to the clerk, there were two members of the Uchiha Guard nearby.
“Look at you two, you’re so bored.”
The two Uchiha forced a smile. Sasuke and Naruto both had important identities, so how could they not keep someone keeping an eye on them?
Kawasaki is aware of this, too.
He looked up at the sky and it was almost dusk.
In the corner of the roof, several ANBU members stood quietly.
“It’s getting late, Sasuke, come home with me. Naruto, you should go home early too.”
“Oh, then can I play with Sasuke tomorrow?”
Naruto asked expectantly.
“Sasuke has something to do for the next two days, so he won’t be able to come out and play.”
Seeing that Naruto was a little disappointed, Kawasaki smiled and said, “School will start in two days, won’t we be able to see each other?”
“Hey, yeah, school is about to start.”
Naruto smiled foolishly.
“Remember to wear new clothes when you report for duty. It’s a new beginning.”
“Uh-huh!”
Naruto felt that this was the happiest and happiest day he had felt in years.
Kawasaki waved to the side and said, “Uchiha Kenichi, please take Naruto home.”
Uchiha Kenichi stood at attention.
“Kawasaki-senpai, there’s no need to send me off. I know the way myself.”
Naruto said sheepishly.
Kawasaki rubbed Naruto’s head and said, “Be obedient and go back quickly.”
“Oh, hey.”
Naruto smirked again, hugging his clothes.
Uchiha Kenichi tried to take Naruto’s things, but Naruto refused to let go.
“Then I’m leaving, Kawasaki-senpai! Goodbye, Sasuke! See you at school!”
Naruto was carrying a bunch of things and tried his best to wave goodbye.
Kawasaki waved his hand: “Go ahead.”
Sasuke also waved to Naruto. He had never seen Naruto look so happy.
“Let’s go, let’s go back.”
“Uchiha Kawasaki said that Uzumaki Kushina had done him a favor…”
“He just wants Naruto to eat well, dress well, and wants Naruto and Sasuke to be good friends.”
“According to the surveillance of the Anbu along the way, Kawasaki did not have any other abnormal words or actions.”
Sandai took a puff of his cigarette irritably. He simply didn’t believe that Kawasaki would be so kind.
As for Kushina’s favor to him, that happened many years ago, and who can tell whether it is true or not.
Kakashi hesitated for a moment and said, “Kawasaki mentioned at the end that if Naruto thinks that Uchiha is better in the future, it is Naruto’s own choice.”
The third generation frowned and thought, now the Uchiha clan is becoming more and more alienated from Konoha Village.
Data from the mission center also showed that the number of missions the Uchiha clan took on had dropped dramatically.
In addition to the decrease in the number of Uchiha ninjas, the remaining members also became extra cautious when accepting missions.
They took the initiative to lower the mission level and refused to accept any dangerous missions.
When faced with mandatory tasks, they have to ask for leave, and the third generation can do nothing about it because they have to repair their own houses.
We can’t leave people without a place to live, so we have to do things for the village.
Now that Kawasaki is suddenly close to the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki, the Third Hokage is on high alert.
Are the Uchiha planning a collective defection, and even want to take Naruto with them…
Chapter 28 Kawasaki Sensei! (Old Version)
“Hokage-sama, Naruto has certainly not had an easy time these past few years.”
Seeing the Sandaime in deep thought, Kakashi couldn’t help but speak.
The Sandai took a puff of his cigarette and asked, “Kakashi, are you blaming me, an old man, for not taking good care of Naruto?”
“Well…”
Although the third generation spoke in a calm tone.
Kakashi still bowed his head and apologized: “No, the Third Generation must have your considerations.”
The third generation nodded, Kakashi’s emotions still needed to be soothed.
He explained to Kakashi earnestly: “Kakashi, you don’t know, after the death of the Fourth Hokage, everything needs to be rebuilt.”
“There are ambitious people in the village who have their own ideas about the Jinchūriki issue. Some even proposed imprisoning Naruto.”
“I fought hard to ensure that Naruto didn’t have to be locked up all the time.”
“But once someone leaked the secret that Naruto was a Jinchuriki, I had no choice but to spread the rumor that he was the son of a demon fox to confuse people.”
“Many villagers lost their loved ones in the Nine-Tail Rebellion, so he was always ostracized.”
“As for his identity as the son of the Fourth Hokage, it cannot be made public, because if the son of the Kage is a Jinchūriki, he can easily become a target for others.”
“Over the years, I have often visited him, which is considered to be making up for some of the debt.”
Speaking of the latter part, the third generation’s voice also became a little heavy.
Kakashi understood the difficulties faced by the Third Hokage and couldn’t help but feel sorry: “I’m very sorry, Third Hokage. I didn’t know the truth, but I questioned you.”
The Sandaim waved his hands pretending to be relieved: “Since Naruto is your master’s son, I understand that you care about him.”
“Let’s put it this way, Naruto’s past life was indeed too hard…”
“The Uchiha’s intentions in approaching him are unclear now. You will be responsible for taking care of him long-term from now on.”
“Except when you are at school, you should accompany him. This will prevent Uchiha Kawasaki from doing anything. I feel relieved when you are with me.”
Kakashi was surprised and delighted. He had been feeling uneasy after hearing what Kawasaki said.
Now that he can personally protect Naruto, Naruto should not be bullied in the future: “Then Third-generation master, am I protecting him in secret?”
The Sandaime thought for a moment and said, “You can find a chance to get close to him. It would be best if you could become Naruto’s teacher.”
“Thank you, Sandaime-sama.”
Kakashi thought that the Third Hokage gave him this job because he was taking care of him.
“Go down.”
After Kakashi left, the Third Hokage sighed and asked Kakashi to look after Naruto, which was really a helpless act.
After all, the Uchiha had approached Naruto in this way.
If I don’t send someone to keep an eye on him, Naruto might really be taken away.
Kakashi is a loyal supporter of the Hokage faction, has outstanding abilities, and holds the right position, making him the most suitable candidate.
Although Naruto talked nonstop on the way, Kenichi remained silent and only nodded occasionally.
It’s not that he is indifferent. Most of the Uchiha with bad tempers left Konoha with Itachi.
Kenichi is actually a moderate Uchiha.
The reason he remained silent was because the surrounding ANBU were watching and he didn’t want to bring trouble to the Uchiha clan.
After all, Naruto is the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki.
After making sure Naruto got home safely, Uchiha Kenichi left under the surveillance of the Anbu.
“Goodbye, Uncle Kenichi!”
Naruto waved from behind Kenichi, even though Kenichi didn’t say much along the way.
But he didn’t show any discrimination.
This was enough to make the lonely and sensitive Naruto happy.
Uchiha Kenichi didn’t look back. Naruto waited until Kenichi was far away before entering the house.
But at the entrance, Naruto turned on the light.
Dirty clothes were scattered around the house and the sink was filled with unwashed dishes.
The floor was also a mess, with garbage everywhere.
Naruto looked around the messy home.
Looking at the packaging of those brand new clothes and shoes, a strange feeling welled up in my heart.
The environment that I used to take for granted now seems particularly dirty and messy.
He carefully hung the new purchases, along with their packaging, on the hooks.
Then he rolled up his sleeves, fetched some water, and started cleaning the house.
It was late at night, but the room was brightly lit, and Naruto was full of energy and vitality.
The ANBU members outside the house looked at each other, confused as to why Naruto suddenly had the urge to do housework so late at night.
However, as long as Naruto doesn’t run around, it doesn’t matter what he is doing.
They are not too worried, they just report to their superiors.
Children’s moods always change quickly, and Sasuke was in a good mood before.
As Kawasaki walked step by step towards the ruins of his original tribe, the smile on his face gradually faded.
The new settlement is still further away, and one needs to walk several miles through here to reach it.
Sasuke’s little head was filled with questions, and he wanted to ask his father for answers one by one, so he unconsciously quickened his pace.
Kawasaki was thinking about Kakashi, who was undoubtedly very talented.
But he was also bound by the so-called “Will of Fire”.
Although he came from a prominent family, he never recovered after the Battle of Kannabi Bridge and wasted his talent.
Although the transplant of the Sharingan greatly improved his combat capabilities in the short term, it also limited the heights he could reach.
Not only does the inability to shut down for a long time consume energy, but since everything can be copied, it is naturally easy to breed laziness.
He often played a supporting role until the end when he experienced the power of Obito’s double Kamui.
Most of the time he seems dispensable and too indecisive.
Obito committed numerous crimes, including killing his master and his master’s wife, attempting to destroy the ninja world, and causing countless families to be torn apart.
When Kakashi fought him for the first time in the Kamui Space, he actually showed mercy and only punched him twice in the abdomen symbolically.
Because the opponent was Obito, he couldn’t bear to be ruthless.
If he had been able to be ruthless at the time, the story might have taken a completely different turn.
Being good to Naruto is a strategic investment for Kawasaki.
But at the same time, I sincerely believe that what Naruto experienced as a child was the most miserable.
Many pains do not need to be endured, and many hardships do not need to be faced.
The dark political struggle between the Sandaime and Danzo involved an innocent child.
Praising suffering is more cruel than suffering itself. If Naruto were surrounded by love, there would be no worries about the Nine-Tailed Fox getting out of control.
The kid next door who is addicted to playing with sand has gone crazy, as you can see.
Naruto’s childhood was not much easier than Gaara’s, although he escaped assassination.
But every indifferent face of the villagers was like an invisible sword.
Fortunately, Naruto is the reincarnation of Ashura, otherwise he would turn evil in an instant, and Konoha would be the first to bear the brunt.
“Father, I’m back.”
Kawasaki took Sasuke back to the newly built tribe land.
There were unfinished buildings everywhere, but Kawasaki did not treat the workers harshly and always let them finish their work on time.
After all, overtime means extra expenses, and for now the Uchiha family is happy to be able to live there.
Fugaku had already learned the news of Sasuke’s return and was now drinking tea in the house.
Seeing Sasuke come in, he smiled, “You’re back. How are you getting along with Mr. Kawasaki?”
Chapter 29 Get Space Teleport! (Old Version)
Kawasaki followed Sasuke into the house: “Teacher?”
Sasuke looked confused because Kawasaki never mentioned asking him to become his apprentice.
Fugaku frowned and asked, “Kawasaki, you haven’t told Sasuke yet?”
Kawasaki chuckled and said, “It’s getting late, let’s take Sasuke back first. We can talk about becoming his disciple tomorrow. I’m leaving now.”
After Kawasaki left Sasuke to Fugaku, he left leisurely.
After he became familiar with Fugaku, his behavior became more casual and unceremonious, because he understood.
Fugaku is usually serious only because it is necessary for his work, and he is actually a pragmatist.
“Father, why did my brother and elder brother Shisui leave Konoha? Some people said they betrayed the village?”
“Why was our tribe’s land destroyed? Why did you resign as captain of the guard?”
As soon as Sasuke sat down, he impatiently threw out a series of questions like a machine gun.
He was away for half a month and when he returned he found that everything in the Uchiha clan had changed.
Fugaku kept a cold face as usual, trying to maintain his dignity in front of his son.
But Kawasaki had warned that this attitude would only alienate Itachi and Sasuke further from him.
Thinking of this, his expression softened a little: “Your brother and Shisui went out to explore opportunities for the future of our Uchiha. Don’t believe everything you hear.”
“If Itachi and Shisui really betrayed the village, why didn’t Konoha arrest us?”
“The clan land can be rebuilt if it is destroyed. As long as we Uchiha are here, we can build as many clan lands as we want.”
Seeing Sasuke nod with a half-understanding look on his face, Fugaku smiled.
“As for the position of the security captain, because you are too busy, I always heard you say that no one would practice ninjutsu with you, right?”
“Now that my brother can’t come back in the short term, I will be the one to practice with you.”
Sasuke was surprised to hear this, because his father used to be quiet and serious, and he had suffered a lot to win his father’s approval.
Now his father actually said that he wanted to practice ninjutsu with him. He pinched himself to confirm that this was not an illusion.
Sasuke pinched himself hard, causing Fugaku to laugh.
It was the first time that Sasuke saw his father being so approachable, and a smile broke out on his face involuntarily: “So, father, when will brother and Shisui come back?”
“When you graduate from Ninja Academy, your brother will come back.”
“Ah? It’s going to take that long?”
Sasuke looked dissatisfied. Ninja school lasts for six years, which means he won’t be able to see his brother for six years. It’s too long.
Fugaku saw that his son was a little disappointed, “You are an Uchiha. Did a little thing make you lose confidence? It’s not like we will never see each other again.”
“Um!”
Sasuke regained his spirits, “Father, what do you mean by becoming a disciple?”
Fugaku explained, “I want you to take Kawasaki as your master.”
“Become my disciple?”
Sasuke tilted his head in thought. He had no aversion to Kawasaki: “Is Kawasaki-senpai very strong?”
“powerful?”
Fugaku savored the word, “Very strong!”
He nodded firmly.
“So is he stronger than his brother? How about stronger than Shisui-nii?”
In Sasuke’s eyes, his brothers Itachi and Shisui are the strongest among the Uchiha.
“Kawasaki is now the best master among the Uchiha.”
Fugaku believes that Kawasaki is the strongest Uchiha in terms of wisdom, but not in terms of martial arts.
After opening the Mangekyō Sharingan, Kawasaki will enter a period of rapid growth.
Even though Shisui also has Kaleidoscope, the age gap is too big, so he is bound to lose to Kawasaki.
“First Uchiha?”
The image of Kawasaki-senpai in Sasuke’s heart was suddenly shrouded in a layer of glory.
“I think Kawasaki-senpai should be the second Uchiha.”
Fugaku asked curiously, “Who is the first one?”
Assistant Zuo said as a matter of course: “Of course it’s father, otherwise why is father the chief and senior Kawasaki the deputy chief?”
Fugaku was stunned for a moment, then burst into laughter, and his laughter could be heard from far away.
After being busy with housework all night, Naruto finally fell asleep exhausted at dawn.
In a daze, he had a dream.
In his dream, he had a father, a mother, and Kawasaki-senpai, and they all turned into big bowls of Ichiraku ramen.
Naruto reached forward and grabbed it.
Naruto fell under the bed.
Naruto rubbed his sleepy eyes and planned to get up and wash up.
Through my half-open eyes, it seemed as if there was a figure standing inside the house.
Wow!
Naruto yelled out in shock.
Looking closely, it turned out to be the Third Hokage.
“Grandpa Third Hokage, why are you here?”
“Naruto, I came to see you. I heard you made a new friend yesterday?”
The Third Hokage said with a smile.
“Hehe, I guess so. Third-generation grandfather, you are talking about Kawasaki-senpai, right?”
“He’s Sasuke’s family. He wants me to play with Sasuke more.”
“He’s as nice as the Third Hokage. He took me to eat Ichiraku Ramen and asked Sasuke to buy me a lot of clothes.”
Naruto couldn’t wait to share his happiness with his close grandfather, the Third Hokage, who listened patiently.
The Third Hokage smiled fondly and said, “So what did your Kawasaki-senpai tell you?”
“Oh! Kawasaki-senpai asked me to get along well with Sasuke and not to be naughty and cause trouble.”
Naruto slapped his forehead and said, “Grandpa Third Hokage, take a look at this.”
As he said this, he took out the clothes that Sasuke helped him choose yesterday.
Gesturing in front of himself.
“How is it? Does it look good?”
“Yeah, it looks good.”
After the Third Hokage confirmed that Kawasaki had not instilled anything in Naruto, he felt relieved and chatted with Naruto for a while.
Then, the Third Hokage took out five thousand ryo and gave it to Naruto.
“Naruto, you have grown up a lot. You will go to school tomorrow. Remember to listen to your teacher at school. Keep these five thousand ryo for your daily use.”
Naruto took the money in a daze: “Grandpa Third Hokage, why did you give me so much money?”
The Sandai smiled gently and said, “You need money to buy various ninja tools when you go to the ninja school. Don’t spend it recklessly.”
Naruto was very touched: “Thank you, Third Hokage, I will definitely repay you when I grow up!”
“Hahaha, remember what you said, report early tomorrow. I have to leave now.”
“Okay! Hehe!”
Life seemed to become better all of a sudden.
Naruto couldn’t help but smirk.
In the Uchiha clan territory.
“Offer tea to your master.”
Sasuke had no idea about becoming a disciple, but he didn’t hate Kawasaki.
So at Fugaku’s urging, today I officially became Kawasaki’s disciple.
Fugaku wanted to invite a few friends, but Kawasaki, who disliked red tape, refused.
In Kawasaki’s words, drinking tea is considered a ceremony of becoming a disciple.
How much Sasuke can learn depends entirely on himself.
After Kawasaki finished his tea, Fugaku left quickly.
Although they no longer had to deal with the guard corps, the Uchiha clan still had a lot of work to do in rebuilding.
Fugaku spent most of his time arranging reconstruction affairs.
Of course, this is all on the surface.
Fugaku was secretly looking for business talents to pave the way for future plans.
[Ding! Congratulations to the host for greatly changing Uchiha Sasuke’s life trajectory. ]Congratulations to the host for obtaining: Space Teleport × 1
Chapter 30: Samsara Eye! Tips! (Old Version)
Space teleportation?
It looks like the eye technique that Sasuke performed in Boruto after he acquired the Rinnegan.
Use it as often as you can. Kawasaki will not respond no matter how much you complain about the system.
We can only wait until the tasks in this stage are completed to see if any new features are unlocked.
After Fugaku left, Sasuke and Kawasaki were left staring at each other.
“Master, what are you going to teach me today?”
Kawasaki scratched his head. He had never thought about how to teach Sasuke before, and he didn’t have any specific plan.
However, Sasuke will go to school in the future, so it is more appropriate for him to learn basic knowledge in school.
At most, he could give Sasuke some special treatment in private.
Let Sasuke grow faster.
He also needs to change his habit of pretending.
Kawasaki cleared his throat and said, “Sasuke, since you call me Master, I will officially teach you from now on.”
“Yes! Master!”
Sasuke sat up straight.
Kawasaki waved his hand and said, “I don’t like a restrained way of getting along. No need to be so formal. Just treat me as a friend.”
“Yes, Master.”
Sasuke’s expression relaxed, his posture less strict.
Kawasaki said: “Now the master wants to test you.”
Sasuke said coolly: “Master, feel free to test me. I’m very good.”
Kawasaki brought Sasuke to the empty courtyard.
“Okay, then Sasuke, attack me now, with everything you know…”
“Whether it’s shuriken, kunai, or fire escape, you must attack with the intention of killing me.”
Sasuke knew that there would be a test today and prepared his ninja tool bag in advance.
“Master, here I come!”
Sasuke crouched down, drew his shuriken, and assumed a fighting stance.
Kawasaki waved his hand, signaling Sasuke to attack.
Sasuke threw two shurikens with good aim.
Kawasaki stood still, and when the shuriken flew towards him, he tilted his head slightly to let the shuriken pass by him.
Seeing that the shuriken was ineffective, Sasuke rushed forward and performed a set of seemingly complicated moves, uh, it should be the Uchiha family’s physical skills.
Kawasaki easily blocked Sasuke’s attack with one hand.
The Uchiha family’s physical skills often exist just for the purpose of showing off.
With the help of the Sharingan, the Uchiha clan has excellent coordination.
With the help of the observation eye, their battle was as graceful as dancing on the edge of a knife.
But now Sasuke is young, weak, and his eyes have not yet opened.
In Kawasaki’s view, this was just like doing radio gymnastics, with many of the fancy kicks and tumbles full of loopholes.
A random punch hit Sasuke in the stomach.
Sasuke’s whole body froze, and he slowly took a few steps back, fell to his knees, and spat before he recovered.
“Not even close, Sasuke.”
Kawasaki said lightly.
But this aroused Sasuke’s competitive spirit, and Sasuke began to make hand seals.
Si – Wei – Shen – Hai – Wu – Yin
Sasuke took a deep breath and a ball of blazing fire spurted out.
Everything in front of him turned red, and Sasuke hadn’t finished blowing his breath yet.
Even his father had praised this, but Sasuke wasn’t done with his thoughts yet.
Kawasaki had already bypassed the wall of fire and hit Sasuke’s neck with a knife.
“Ku …
Sasuke was using all his strength to perform Fire Style, but was hit on the neck by this blow and almost couldn’t breathe.
It took me a while to recover from the coughing.
Kawasaki stood aside with his arms folded and watched.
“Master.”
Sasuke was a little nervous, wondering what his master would think.
Kawasaki thought about it and decided to be stricter.
Under Sasuke’s uneasy gaze, Kawasaki’s face turned cold.
“That’s terrible. Sasuke, have you learned these before? How did Itachi teach you? Did he play ninja games with you?”
“Who taught you to use Fire Style like this? What were you doing just now? Using Fire Style as fireworks?”
“I’m sorry, Master.”
Sasuke hung his head in frustration, though he didn’t expect to ever defeat his master.
But at least he hoped to get the master’s approval, but he didn’t expect the master to criticize him so badly.
“Do you know where you failed?”
Kawasaki asked.
Sasuke opened his mouth, but finally lowered his head.
Kawasaki glanced at Sasuke’s expression and didn’t rush to explain.
He waved first.
In the blink of an eye, a member of the Uchiha clan walked into the yard.
“Go, find one of our Uchiha’s young Genin. The younger the better.”
Kawasaki ordered.
“OK.”
Not long after, a short Uchiha Genin reported in.
Judging from his appearance, he seems to be a fresh graduate last year.
“What’s your name? Are your eyes open?”
Although the information could be found in the family archives, there were so many Uchiha people that he didn’t need to look through them.
The man calmly replied, “Master Kawasaki, my name is Kota, and I haven’t opened my eyes yet.”
Kawasaki nodded slightly: “Come at me now, with all your strength.”
Uchiha Kota didn’t say much and quickly assumed a fighting stance.
“Sasuke, watch out.”
Kawasaki mentioned this and waved for Koei to come over.
Hangtai moved quickly left and right, pulling out a kunai from his bag and throwing it.
The strength and accuracy of the Genin are not bad.
Kawasaki carefully dodged to the side, and while he was dodging, Kota quickly formed hand seals and used Fire Style: Fireball Jutsu in the direction of his dodgment.
Kawasaki was agile and dodged the fireball again.
Hangtai gave up on the Fire Escape, dodged Kawasaki’s knife, and rushed towards Kawasaki in one step.
Although Kawasaki easily blocked it, he still allowed Kota to attack for a round.
When Kota came flying in the air, Kawasaki kicked him away.
“Alright, get down, open your eyes, and don’t get too fancy with your taijutsu.”
Kawasaki said calmly.
“Yes! Thank you, sir!”
Hangtai’s face was filled with joy and he left without asking any more questions.
“Do you understand, Sasuke?”
“Master, are you saying that I make too many moves?”
Kawasaki flicked Sasuke on the forehead again.
“wrong!”
Sasuke rubbed his head.
“The problem isn’t that you have too many Taijutsu moves, or that you’re not accurate enough in throwing kunai, or that you’re not good at using fireballs.”
“It’s your lack of control.”
“control?”
Sasuke looked up.
“Yes, our Uchiha style has many taijutsu moves, which is not a bad thing.”
“More actions mean more ways to attack. Fists, feet, elbows, shoulders, knees, these are all the attack points we can use.”
“Our physical skills can be as graceful and gorgeous as dancing on the tip of a knife.”
“But there is a prerequisite, and that is the Sharingan.”
“Sharingan?”
“Without the Sharingan’s assistance, you can’t keep up with your opponent’s speed, and your physical skills can’t be adjusted in time, so the fancy moves of the Uchiha fluid jutsu become a burden.”
“oh!”
Sasuke suddenly realized that Itachi praised him when he was learning Uchiha’s fluid flow technique because Itachi had the Sharingan.
However, he himself didn’t have the Sharingan, but he couldn’t imitate these movements at all.
Chapter 31 Master! I understand! (Old version)
“You have a good aim when throwing kunai…”
“But you have to know that the enemy is not a fixed target. It’s not enough to just be accurate. You also have to predict the direction in which the enemy will dodge.”
“If you can’t predict the enemy’s reaction, what’s the point of throwing a kunai? Hoping the enemy will stand still and get hit by you?”
“Your brother Itachi’s kunai skills are well-known. He can make flying kunai collide with each other and change their landing point.”
“When you use Fire Style: Fireball, you can’t even see where the enemy is, and you won’t stop until the enemy gets close.”
“Will the enemy wait until you finish performing the ninjutsu before attacking?”
“The bigger or longer the fireball lasts, the better it is. The key is to grasp the timing and opportunity of releasing it.”
“Hmm, hmm.”
Sasuke nodded repeatedly. The more he listened, the more he felt it made sense. Actual combat and training were two completely different things.
It turns out that before, my brother just played games with me.
“When will you throw the kunai? How will the enemy dodge? Will you continue to use the kunai to create opportunities, or will you use fire escape to force the enemy into a trap?”
“There is one thing you need to understand.”
Kawasaki held up a finger.
“All of us Uchiha people know Fire Style: Fireball Technique, which is mostly used to restrict the enemy’s movements or to use flames to conceal our bodies and launch attacks.”
“There are only a handful of ninjas who actually died from fireball techniques.”
“Yes, Master! I understand!”
Sasuke then realized that he still had a lot to learn.
Kawasaki tapped Sasuke’s forehead gently: “You can’t control your own strength at all now…”
“When you can use ninjutsu freely and your kunai can hit moving targets, I will teach you the rest.”
“Also, you are not allowed to use Uchiha fluid jutsu before you open your eyes.”
“I know, Master. Just like my brother, he loves to tap my forehead.”
Sasuke muttered.
In this way, his relationship with Kawasaki seems to have become closer.
“Mastering all of your skills is the path to becoming strong.”
“Sasuke, if you want to become a strong man, every time you learn a skill, you must master it thoroughly before you can use it in actual combat.”
“Otherwise, you are likely to be harmed by your own skills.”
Seeing Sasuke, who is now well-behaved and obedient, Kawasaki is filled with love.
No matter how much of his words Sasuke could remember, as long as he stopped being so arrogant and kept his feet on the ground, he would achieve greater things.
“Okay, school starts tomorrow, you should prepare yourself…”
“You are almost six years old, and your brother graduated from the Ninja School when he was seven.”
“Don’t worry, Master. I’m Itachi’s brother. I can graduate early, too.”
Sasuke’s face was filled with confidence.
Kawasaki waved his hand.
Itachi graduated early because of the wartime needs and the urgent need for manpower.
At that time, anyone who could throw a kunai and perform substitution techniques could join the battle, let alone a genius like Itachi.
“Ninja school is a good place to lay the foundation, and you also need to learn how to interact with people there. Good team communication is also a compulsory course for you.”
“First you should get first place in the Ninja School before you talk about graduating early.”
“Master, I will definitely get first place!”
Sasuke said firmly.
..
The Fire Nation border.
The Uchiha team, exhausted from the journey, is about to enter the Land of Fields.
The long journey made everyone exhausted.
Itachi decided to rest and regroup before going deeper into the Land of Fields.
Many Uchiha quickly took out camping supplies from the storage scrolls and set up tents.
Use water jutsu to draw water, and fire jutsu to create fire.
The nimble ones went hunting around, while the others collected firewood and prepared cooking utensils.
Everything is in order.
Soon, several team members captured a deer and a wild boar, enough to fill their stomachs.
Itachi took out the plan Kawasaki had given him earlier and looked at it carefully.
Shisui sat down next to Itachi.
Itachi looked up and asked, “Have your pupil powers recovered?”
Shisui nodded, “This is the first time I’ve used Kotoamatsukami on so many people. I thought both eyes would be depleted, but I didn’t expect there would still be one left.”
“Senior Kawasaki should have already planned this. Keep the remaining Kotoamatsukami for use here.”
Shisui looked in the direction Itachi pointed, and saw a familiar name on the list – Orochimaru.
Konoha School has started classes.
This time, Konoha School is particularly eye-catching.
Why? Because the successors of the major ninja families almost all enrolled in this period.
Among them, the two most eye-catching ones are Naruto and Sasuke.
Let’s not mention the Nine-Tailed Fox on Naruto.
The Uchiha family, which is now superficially harmonious with Konoha but secretly estranged from it, even allowed Sasuke to study there.
Moreover, it was delivered personally by Kawasaki, the second-in-command of the Uchiha clan.
The meaning behind this is intriguing.
Is the Uchiha family trying to make peace, or do they have other ideas?
Although Neji is a grade higher than the two of them, he has a very close relationship with Naruto and Sasuke.
Naruto now has an elder, Kawasaki, who cares about him, plus two good friends, Sasuke and Neji.
He acts less mischievously and no longer deliberately plays pranks to annoy people.
Whether they are commoners or nobles, once they enter the ninja school, they all know the background of Sasuke and Neji.
Under the protection of his younger brothers from the two major eye-jutsu families, basically no one dared to cause trouble for Naruto.
Compared to his original world, Naruto’s life is much better.
After a long journey, the delegation from the Hidden Cloud Country finally stepped into the Konoha Village.
After some bargaining, all the terms were finally finalized and they planned to formally sign a peace agreement.
For this purpose, Konoha Village even held a large-scale peace celebration.
Although the villagers of Konoha have no good feelings towards the Hidden Cloud Country, no one likes war.
Many villagers joined in the celebration.
The several commercial streets in Konoha were so crowded with people that it was impossible to get through.
The Yunyin delegation used the name of celebration to gather information everywhere.
The results revealed a surprising situation:
Now the entire Uchiha clan has retreated to their own territory.
Those responsible for guarding and patrolling are all from the Hyuga clan.
However, the Hyuga family’s defenses were much laxer.
After Yu Mu Ren summarized all the information, he couldn’t help but feel relieved.
He pulled out another patrol map of the Hyuga family and studied it carefully.
The Yunyin Kingdom took a lot of effort to get this map.
“Shigaraki Shinichi, are you sure you want to do this? Perhaps it would be better to find a different executor?”
Yu Muren asked with a little regret.
“Sir, my three brothers died in the battle. Now I have only one thought in mind – revenge.”
“Whether we succeed or fail, we will reap the benefits.”
Nagasaki Shinichi’s eyes were empty and his whole body exuded the aura of death.
“Yumujin, why don’t you go out and have some fun? The festival is super fun, yo yo, you idiot.”
Following this incongruous tone, Kirabi walked in.
He was the leader of the delegation and had just taken a stroll around Konoha, accompanied by several of Konoha’s advisory elders.
Yu Muren said, “Qirabi, stop messing around. Get ready. We may have to rely on your strength tomorrow.”
Kirabi stopped his cheerful look and clenched his fists.
The liveliness of Konoha has little to do with Kawasaki.
He was not interested in this kind of excitement, and after all this time, Uchiha’s new territory was built.
At the moment the territory was completed.
[Ding… The development mission, leaving Konoha and becoming self-reliant, the first stage is completed. 】
[The host obtains the knowledge related to Konoha-style sealing technique. ]A lot of knowledge about sealing techniques emerged in Kawasaki’s mind.
Chapter 32 Tonight, let’s get rid of the root people first! (Old version)
Kawasaki was cheered up, this was really a timely help.
In addition to the famous Four Symbols and Eight Trigrams sealing technique, there is another very crucial one.
That is the defensive detection barrier technique, which also uses the sealing spell.
This is exactly what the Uchiha, who lack a reconnaissance barrier, desperately needs.
Just place barrier talismans at key locations and activate them with chakra.
The defensive detection barrier can detect outsiders when they enter the range.
Without this jutsu, Konoha is so large that it would be easy for the enemy to sneak in.
According to the current size of the Uchiha territory, about three people taking shifts can cover the entire territory.
In this way, there is no need to worry about Konoha Village spying on us.
Previously, the Third Hokage built a high-rise building near the Uchiha territory and blatantly monitored it.
Now that they have moved out and there are no tall buildings, they send the Anbu to watch secretly.
Kawasaki has been very angry for a long time, but he can’t just chase away mosquitoes every day.
Now, it’s time to pull out the nails that Konoha has stuck in the Uchiha one by one.
Kawasaki quickly found three candidates: Uchiha Keiming, Uchiha Iori, and Uchiha Daichi.
They are all born with a talent for sealing.
Qiming was once Kawasaki’s teammate. Although his fighting ability is average, he has considerable skills.
His brother is the noisy and not very smart Yaoyue, who has already left with Itachi.
The remaining two are new teammates, and they have been working well together recently.
Because Itachi took away most of the people, many members of the tribe had to reorganize the team.
Kawasaki took the opportunity to tell all Uchiha to choose safer missions.
I was afraid that the Third Generation would tamper with the mission and deliberately harm the Uchiha people.
Fortunately, the third generation did not play any tricks in this regard, and there have been no accidents recently.
[Ding…Long-term mission, how can a force rely solely on its own strongmen? 】
【Recruiting non-Uchiha elites. 】
[After success, you will gain the target specialty. ]Oh, this system finally has new skills. Kawasaki has been waiting for so long.
But what does target specialty mean?
Kawasaki had a vague idea in mind, but he still had to give it a try.
For non-Uchiha, the best place to start is Konoha.
After all, we are close to the water, so we should make plans first.
Just as he was thinking about it, Qiming, Yizhi and Dadi arrived.
Qiming has a baby face, a thin body, a quick mind, and is good at using ninjutsu.
Like Izumi, Iori is one of the few medical ninjas in the Uchiha clan.
She has long, smooth hair, a tall figure, and a strong sense of perception.
Kawasaki also discovered that she had a rare gift for space and time.
Daichi is a typical all-around warrior with no weaknesses and is very strong in both ninjutsu and taijutsu.
“Captain! Lord Kawasaki! Deputy Chief!”
The three of them addressed each other differently. After all, Kawasaki was promoted to deputy clan leader too quickly and many people have not yet adapted to it.
Kawasaki nodded: “I called you here today because I have a mission for you.”
“Captain, please give me your instructions.”
The person who spoke was Uchiha Keiming, who was most familiar with Kawasaki.
“When we were in Konoha, countless towers were built around us to monitor us.”
“There is no privacy in the entire Uchiha. Now that we have moved to a new place, there are still many Anbu eyes around.”
“Next, we need to build a defensive reconnaissance barrier, and you are the ones I have chosen.”
Several Uchiha looked at each other, the defensive detection barrier was not something that everyone could create.
There is no problem in using it, but setting up the barrier requires barrier technique, which is Konoha’s secret technique, which Uchiha does not have.
However, since it was the deputy patriarch who called them here, there must be a solution.
The three of them remained silent, waiting for Kawasaki’s next instructions.
Kawasaki was quite satisfied to see that the three men were able to keep their composure.
He drew a line on his left arm, and lines of sealing spell patterns appeared.
“Is this a technique for defending against detection barriers!?”
The three were a little surprised. They didn’t expect that Lord Kawasaki knew the sealing technique!
Kawasaki smiled slightly and did not mention the origin of this technique.
He directly began to teach the three people how to circulate chakra and how to engrave spells.
Everyone was both moved and nervous. They were moved by Mr. Kawasaki’s trust in them, but also worried that they would not be able to learn well.
But soon, they found that they had a natural affinity and familiarity with sealing techniques.
They understood what Kawasaki said immediately, and Daichi also put forward his own opinions.
They were hungry for knowledge of sealing techniques, as if they were born to master this skill.
Everyone couldn’t help but think that Kawasaki had a unique vision.
Seeing everyone’s enthusiasm, Kawasaki took the time to explain the defensive detection barrier technique in detail over several hours.
“Have you learned it?”
When Kawasaki asked, Qiming subconsciously tried it on his palm, and soon he saw the light of the barrier appear.
Yizhi and Daichi also tried it, and soon, the light of the barrier appeared in their hands as well.
Kawasaki nodded with satisfaction. It seemed that they had this talent and would be able to get started quickly once they knew it.
Several people were excited. It was incredible that they could learn a skill overnight.
The barriers in their hands changed into various forms, indicating that they had mastered the basic skills of this technique.
“How long will it take to set up the barrier?”
After everyone discussed it, Qiming replied: “Captain, it will take about seven days to get familiar with the technique, and we also need to prepare some materials.”
“But it’s expected to take two weeks to set up.”
“Okay, Iori, you go report to Fugaku tomorrow, Daichi, you go communicate with the patrol team, and Qiming, you will be responsible for preparing the materials.”
“Start setting it up as soon as it’s ready. I want to see the barrier in three weeks.”
“Tonight, I will deal with the people from the root first.”
Kawasaki stretched its muscles and finally got rid of those annoying mosquitoes.
Some Anbu members were quietly wandering around the new Uchiha settlement.
They held telescopic equipment and monitored all the movements of the Uchiha.
Report to three generations daily.
At this moment, a perceptive ninja was startled as a stream of detecting chakra just swept across his body.
He immediately sent out an emergency signal and the other Anbu quickly assembled.
“Retreat! We’ve been discovered!”
Without even asking how they were exposed, they fled in a hurry.
“Want to leave? It’s too late.”
Kawasaki descended from the sky and kicked an Anbu away with a whip kick.
“How is it possible! So fast?”
The remaining few people felt a chill in their hearts. The relationship between the Uchiha and the village was already delicate.
If these Anbu were caught, the situation would become complicated.
Uchiha Kawasaki is now the deputy patriarch of the Uchiha family. Do we have a chance of winning?
The three men looked at Kawasaki, their hearts were struck by lightning, and they fell to the ground.
Chapter 33: Vulnerable! Illusion Suppression! (Old Version)
Kawasaki shrugged, he was really vulnerable.
After all, no one expected Kawasaki to launch a sudden attack.
Although Kawasaki’s illusion level is average, the power of his Mangekyō Sharingan is too strong.
In just a moment, several people lost consciousness.
As footsteps sounded, the Uchiha patrol quickly arrived.
“Lock these people up first and deal with them tomorrow.”
The Uchiha patrol is designed to prevent thugs from sneaking into the settlement.
However, these Anbu troops were always watching from afar on the outskirts of the settlement and never entered the territory, so they were difficult to detect and impossible to guard against.
Now I have to set up a barrier myself, so I’ll give the third generation a warning first.
“Hokage-sama, four of the Anbu who were monitoring the Uchiha settlement are missing.”
The third generation, who received the news early in the morning, was in a very bad mood.
The third generation had sent out some Anbu tentatively before, but the Uchiha did not take any action.
After that, the Third Generation became bolder and deployed Anbu widely around the Uchiha to monitor their every move.
However, no one expected that Uchiha would suddenly attack, and deliberately choose to do so during the negotiations with Kumogakure.
What exactly does the Uchiha want to do?
And today happens to be the birthday celebration of Hinata, the eldest daughter of the Hyuga family.
In order to thank Uchiha for giving up power, the Hyuga family specially invited Fugaku and Kawasaki to be guests.
I thought the Uchiha, who was estranged from the village, would not keep the appointment.
Unexpectedly, both Fugaku and Kawasaki came.
Because of the previous relinquishment of power, Hizashi and Fugaku have a close relationship. After the banquet, Fugaku stayed to talk with Hizashi.
Kawasaki used the excuse of being bored to go out and wander around.
He dodged and headed towards the backyard of the Hinata family.
That’s where Hinata’s room is.
Kawasaki stood on a high place and saw a sneaky figure sneaking into Hinata’s room.
Not long after, the man slipped out carrying the unconscious Hinata.
Of course, it was sneaky when going in, but blatant when coming out.
He was discovered immediately, and the person who came was the angry Rizu.
Hinata is the eldest daughter of the main family, but someone dared to steal from the Hyuga family so blatantly, showing that they simply did not take the Hyuga family seriously.
Hiashi opened his Byakugan, quickly locked onto his target, and with a few instant body movements he was in front of the thief.
The man quickly threw Hinata aside and rushed towards Hiashi.
Hiashi assumed a soft fist stance, ready to attack.
A figure suddenly appeared beside me.
Is it an enemy?
Even Hiashi’s eyesight couldn’t catch the man’s movements.
The other party had hit the thief’s throat with a punch.
The thief offered almost no resistance and was killed on the spot.
Only then did Hiashi see clearly that the person coming was Uchiha Kawasaki.
Kawasaki looked and saw that lying on the ground was the third most important figure of the Kumogakure delegation, Shinichi Nagasaki.
“It’s Kawasaki. I didn’t expect you to be so skilled.”
Hiashi was not being polite. Even his eyes couldn’t catch sight of Kawasaki’s action just now.
“Master Hiashi, now is not the time to relax.”
Kawasaki could hear the faint noise outside.
So he whispered something quickly to Rizu, who was stunned for a moment, then frowned and nodded.
Kawasaki quickly hid his body.
The only ones left at the scene were Shinichi Nagasaki’s body and Hiashi holding Hinata.
At this time, a series of footsteps were heard, and the people coming were the important figures of the Yunyin delegation.
Accompanied by Bokuto and Killer Bee, there were also the Third Hokage, Utane Koharu and Mito Kado En.
Rizu’s heart sank, it was just as Kawasaki said.
When Yumoto saw Shinichi Nagasaki fall to the ground, his face darkened and he hurried forward to check.
It was discovered that Shinichi Nagasaki was no longer breathing.
With an angry look on his face, “Hinata Hiashi! Why!”
“We heard that it was the eldest daughter of the Hyuga family’s birthday, so we came to congratulate her. Why did Shinichi die here?!”
Rizu was full of anger: “What a joke! This person broke into my daughter’s room and tried to kidnap her. After I found him, he died because he couldn’t resist. What’s wrong with that?”
The wooden man responded: “What nonsense!”
“I, Yunyin, came here with sincerity. Nagasaki just came to give a gift in advance, but you killed him. Are you trying to start a war?”
Upon hearing this, Rizu remained silent and watched quietly as Yumu Ren angrily accuses him.
Hiashi’s silence made Yukito think that Hiashi was worried. So he turned to question the Third Hokage…
“Third Hokage, you witnessed the entire thing. We knew that the Hyuga family was having a happy event today, so we came here specially to celebrate.”
“But I didn’t expect that Shinichi Nagasaki would die here. Is this how you treat Kumogakure?”
The Third Hokage had a gloomy expression from the beginning. He saw through it at a glance. This was a conspiracy of Kumogakure.
As I was thinking about it, Yumuren’s words became more pointed.
“Third Hokage, what do you mean?”
“If you are dissatisfied with us, just say it directly. Is Shinichi Nagasaki under your orders?”
Directly throw dirty water on the Third Hokage.
Hinata Hiashi’s eyes were as clear as water as he stared at the Third Hokage.
The Third Hokage was in an awkward situation.
The wooden man pressed again: “For the sake of peace, if the Third Generation Master wants to resolve this matter, the murderer must pay with his life!”
“If you think the Hidden Cloud Village is easy to bully, we are not afraid of a fight!”
The words were firm and full of determination.
Killer Bee, who was standing next to him, had chakra surging on his body, and soon a layer of tailed beast chakra appeared on his body.
The Third Hokage sighed and looked at Hiashi with an apologetic look: “Hiashi, this is a matter of the Hyuga family, you should solve it by yourselves.”
Koharu Utane on the side also chimed in: “Yes, Hiashi, Kumogakure comes with the wish for peace, you have to handle it properly.”
Hiashi looked at the Third Hokage with eyes full of disappointment.
As Kawasaki said, the Hokage clan today has no backbone.
At this time, Fugaku and Hizashi came over from the yard next door.
They were informed of what happened by Hinata’s family.
When Hizashi saw his brother Hiashi being cornered, he couldn’t help but want to step forward.
Suddenly, there was a “Pa Pa Pa”
applause.
Kawasaki slowly walked out of the darkness.
He smiled at the tense scene and said, “What a wonderful show.”
The Hokage clan and Kumogakure were all shocked.
The Third Hokage didn’t know why Kawasaki appeared at this time.
But he would never allow Konoha to fight Kumogakure again.
Yukito frowned, not expecting this change from Uchiha Kawasaki, and saw that the Hokage was putting pressure on the Hyuga family.
I wanted to quit while I was ahead and renegotiate, but Kawasaki showed up halfway.
Yu Muren continued the play: “Kawasaki, our people from Kumogakure died tragically in the Hyuga family, but you are making sarcastic remarks.”
Unexpectedly, Kawasaki did not respond: “Stop acting. It’s just sending a death squad to test Konoha’s attitude. Why are you pretending?”
“You have tested it. Konoha dare not fight again.”
“Unfortunately, you made a wrong move.”
Chapter 34 Thunder Plow Hot Knife! Susanoo! (Old Version)
Everyone present had a grim look on their faces; knowing the truth was one thing, but uncovering it was another.
Yu Mu Ren restrained his acting skills and said gloomily, “What did you calculate wrong?”
Kawasaki approached, clenching his fists: “I killed this guy with one punch. He has nothing to do with the Hyuga family.”
“you!”
The wooden man was both shocked and angry!
“Hey! Don’t ask. If you don’t like him, just kill him.”
Kawasaki provoked.
“Come and kill me if you don’t agree.”
Yumu Ren shouted, “Kirabi!”
“Thunder Plow Hot Knife!”
Killer Bee, wearing the tailed beast costume, can’t wait any longer.
His whole body was filled with lightning chakra and he pounced forward at high speed.
Stones flew everywhere and the fine stone slabs were cracked.
“Kawasaki!”
Hiashi was anxious, but he didn’t expect the situation to change suddenly and he started to fight.
Fugaku crossed his arms and showed full confidence in Kawasaki.
It happened in the blink of an eye.
Boom! Bang!
There was a loud noise and dust rose up everywhere.
A golden giant rose into the sky!
This Susanoo is different from the primary skeleton form.
The body is covered with meridians, flesh and blood, and is wrapped in chakra like a coat.
The overflowing chakra was as shocking as a storm.
Kirabi was nailed to the ground like a worm.
“Susanoo!!!”
The whole audience exclaimed.
The third generation’s face became even gloomier. He didn’t expect that Kawasaki also had the Mangekyō Sharingan.
Yukito was horrified, this is the Uchiha’s divine power! ?
“Damn it! Roar!”
Kirabi refused to give in and although he was suppressed, he refused to admit defeat.
During the struggle, the body changes significantly.
The tailed beast’s chakra surged and turned into a dark red tail.
Half-tailed beast transformation!
Kawasaki’s Susanoo was about to raise his hand.
Boom! Another purple-black Susanoo appeared and pressed again.
It’s Fugaku who also displays Susanoo!
Two Susanoo statues stood side by side, and the surrounding ninjas lost their footing and were all knocked over by the powerful momentum.
Kirabi was instantly trampled down by the divine power.
Bones shattered and Kirabi screamed.
He passed out, and the tailed beast coat on his body gradually disappeared.
Frightened by the wooden man!
Is Susanoo so powerful? Even the half-tailed beast of the Eight-Tails can’t stop it?
Kawasaki grabbed the unconscious Kirabi.
“You want to fight? Then I’ll crush Kirabi to death right now. Yumujin, you make the choice.”
Kirabi’s life and death is in Kawasaki’s hands, and the wooden man is afraid of the consequences: “Wait! What do you want, Kawasaki?”
Kawasaki controlled the invincible Susanoo and stood in the middle of the field: “Nothing, wasn’t today’s incident a trap set by you? Why, you can’t stand it after getting yourself into it?”
Kawasaki had a mocking look on his face, but Yukito had no way to react.
He had Killer Bee in his hands, and he never expected that two Uchiha people possessed the Mangekyō.
In comparison, the Hokage clan was like a coward, knowing full well that it was Kumogakure’s plan.
But he sacrificed Hinata and forced her to resolve the matter.
As Susanoo made a big move, more ninjas gathered.
The wooden man looked gloomy, having been completely defeated this time.
She gritted her teeth and said, “Kumogakure is in trouble this time. Please let Kirabi go.”
Kawasaki nodded to Fugaku and released Susanoo.
The seriously injured Killer Bee was directly thrown to the Konoha side.
“I am not satisfied with this peace treaty. Let’s negotiate the terms again.”
Kawasaki made up the story. He had no idea about the content of the peace treaty and he might as well use it as a favor.
As for why I did Konoha a favor.
“Third Hokage, our clan’s territory is very safe. We don’t need you to protect us anymore. Otherwise, I’m afraid we might accidentally hurt our fellow villagers.”
Kawasaki deliberately reread “Fellow Villager”
Four words.
The Sandaime stepped forward at this time and said: “During the construction of the Uchiha clan’s territory, we deployed many Anbu guards to prevent thieves from coming.”
The third generation paused and looked at Killer Bee: “Since the Uchiha clan land has been built, we will naturally withdraw.”
Kawasaki nodded and turned to Rizu: “Master Rizu, you are welcome to visit our new clan land when you are free.”
Hiashi gave the Third Hokage a cold look before sincerely promising, “I will definitely visit you after I finish my family business.”
“Let’s go!”
Kawasaki gestured to Fugaku and the other Uchiha to turn around and leave.
When the Sandaime saw the look in the Hyuga family’s eyes, he knew that he had been tricked by the Uchiha again.
But someone from Yunyin did send some benefits.
So he gritted his teeth, faced the Hyuga family’s gaze, and said to Yukito, “Yukito, there is a small problem with our peace agreement this time. I think we need to discuss it again.”
After Fugaku and Kawasaki returned to the clan territory, Fugaku was a little shaky and Kawasaki hurried to support him.
“Clan leader, you don’t have to do anything. I can handle Yunyin by myself.”
Fugaku covered his eyes and slowly sat down.
“You acted too impulsively this time. If Yubokuto also attacks, you won’t be able to stop two Chūriki by yourself.”
“I have no choice but to come out and help you. Quickly control Kirabi.”
Fugaku was panting, his eyes ached, and his vision became blurry again.
Kawasaki felt guilty when he saw Fugaku thinking so much about him.
The confidence he had in challenging Kumogakure lay in the fact that with the combined power of his several Mangekyō Sharingan, his pupil power was far superior to that of an ordinary Mangekyō.
It’s only a matter of time before the Eternal Kaleidoscope comes.
The second stage of Susanoo alone puts Killer Bee at a disadvantage, and if necessary, he will directly activate the third stage of Susanoo.
No one on the scene could compete with him, and by now, he was the strongest person in Konoha.
Today’s Uchiha no longer has to act according to Konoha’s wishes.
“Chief, are your eyes blurry?”
“It’s still visible now, but it won’t be used many times.”
Fugaku’s voice was a little bleak. He had finally awakened the Mangekyō Sharingan, but such a powerful force could not last long.
Will Itachi become blind in the future?
Will Kawasaki face the same fate in the future?
Kawasaki saw the reluctance in Fugaku’s heart and chuckled, “Don’t worry, clan leader. The Mangekyō Sharingan has two ways to restore vision.”
“oh!?”
Fugaku perked up and looked at Kawasaki expectantly.
Kawasaki pondered for a moment and said, “Patriarch, you know the major attribute chakras in the ninja world, water, fire, earth, wind, thunder, yin and yang.”
“And the opening of our Sharingan relies on the power of Yin Release.”
“Yin Dun?”
Fugaku savored the word, he was naturally familiar with Yin Dun.
But he didn’t quite understand the relationship between Yin Dun and Sharingan.
When Uchiha Madara left, he took away a large number of the family’s secret books, and many things were thus lost.
“Everyone knows that Yin-Tsuku Chakra is composed of spiritual energy. When we Uchiha are severely stimulated, our spiritual energy will surge.”
“At the same time, it stimulates the brain to release special chakra, which further stimulates the eyes and causes them to mutate. This is true from single magatama to mangekyo.”
“But the increase of Yin-Tsuku Chakra will make people more gloomy.”
“This temperament makes us Uchiha seem difficult to approach.”
“Based on this method of evolution, Tobirama concluded that we Uchiha are an evil clan. This is ridiculous.”
Kawasaki’s words were full of sarcasm towards Senju Tobirama. Although Tobirama invented many ninjutsu, he was limited by the times and family grudges.
He is still prejudiced against Uchiha.
In fact, with his scientific research mind, if he really studied Uchiha’s Yin Dun carefully.
Konoha is definitely very different now.
Looking at the entire Naruto world, the only pure scientific research talent is Orochimaru.
As for Tobirama, he can only be said to be a genius ninja.
Chapter 35 Eternal Kaleidoscope! (Old Version)
“Is that so?!”
Fugaku could not hide his shock, as he knew about the past events between Tobirama and Uchiha Madara.
But he originally thought that Tobirama’s targeting was only because of his brother’s death, but he didn’t expect that there was such a deeper meaning behind it.
Kawasaki continued: “Of course, if there is Yin Dun, there is also Yang Dun…”
“The holders of Yang Release Chakra, the Uzumaki clan, the Senju clan.”
“The Uzumaki clan has a huge amount of chakra and amazing vitality.”
“The Senju clan has an extraordinary physique and amazing recovery ability.”
“Even the Akimichi clan’s secret skill, body enlargement, is related to Yang Release Chakra.”
“Patriarch, you have heard of the legend of Hashirama, right?”
“certainly.”
Fugaku lived in an era very close to that of Hashirama Senju, and he grew up listening to the legendary stories of Hashirama Senju.
There are also records in the family that Hashirama Senju was once known as the God of Ninja!
“Can you heal yourself without making hand seals?”
Fugaku suddenly had an idea and blurted it out.
Kawasaki nodded and said, “Hashirama Senju is a rare immortal body, so his body is full of vitality and can recover from injuries on its own without the need for hand seals.”
“So, Patriarch, the first method is to inject the Hashirama cell fluid.”
“After injecting the cell fluid, the yin and yang can be harmonized, generating an all-encompassing power.”
“Hashirama’s cell fluid?”
Fugaku frowned.
“Hashirama Senju has been dead for many years. Where did the cell fluid come from?”
Kawasaki chuckled and said, “Patriarch, why do you think Orochimaru defected?”
Fugaku knew about Orochimaru’s human experiments.
“Ever since Hashirama’s death, Konoha has been trying to replicate a Wood Release ninja, so they have been experimenting with Hashirama’s cells.”
“During the Ninja World War, we naturally used the enemy for experiments, and after the war, we could only use people from our own village.”
Fugaku asked, “Did Orochimaru succeed?”
Kawasaki shook his head: “It can be said to be a success, but it can also be said to be a failure.”
“Hashirama’s cells are too powerful. They experimented on sixty babies…”
“Except for one who survived, the remaining fifty-nine all turned into trees.”
“It turned into trees.”
Fugaku remained silent after hearing this. He didn’t think he was much better than others.
“So, what about the second method?”
“The second method allows the Mangekyō Sharingan to evolve into the Eternal Mangekyō Sharingan, but the cost is very heavy.”
Kawasaki was silent for a moment: “Why is the Uchiha’s Sharingan called the cursed eye.”
“It is precisely because of the second method, which is to transplant the Mangekyō Sharingan of one’s own relatives.”
“By combining the two eyes into one, you can awaken the Eternal Mangekyō Sharingan.”
“Back then, Uchiha Madara transplanted his brother Izuna’s eyes and evolved them into the Eternal Mangekyō, which allowed him to become a strong man who could rival Hashirama.”
“Hahaha, good! Good! Great! In this case, the Itachi’s eyes can be saved.”
“It can also become an eternal kaleidoscope! Good! Good! Good!”
Fugaku’s first reaction was not sadness, but the immediate desire to give his eyes to Itachi.
Let Itachi possess the Eternal Mangekyō and become powerful.
Kawasaki was amused by Fugaku and said maliciously: “Chief, you are too happy too early…”
“Sasuke is extremely talented. It’s only a matter of time before he awakens the Mangekyō Sharingan.”
Fugaku’s expression froze. Since Kawasaki said that Sasuke would also awaken the Mangekyō Sharingan, it was a foregone conclusion.
Whether it was because of Kawasaki’s ability to foresee the future or Sasuke’s talent, he believed it firmly.
But in this way, the palms and backs of the hands are all flesh.
What should I do?
It would be fine if I was blind, but it’s impossible for one of my two brothers to be blind, right?
Suddenly Fugaku’s eyes lit up, as if he had thought of something.
Kawasaki interrupted directly: “Don’t think about one eye for one person, both eyes need to be transplanted at the same time to awaken the Eternal Mangekyō Sharingan.”
Fugaku was a little discouraged.
When I turned around, I found Kawasaki covering his mouth and laughing.
“Kawasaki, you have a solution, right?”
“Hehehe, do you know why I had to make the Uchiha independent and clear out all the Anbu’s monitoring points?”
Fugaku stared at Kawasaki with burning eyes.
Kawasaki clenched his fists and said firmly: “I will make the Uchiha clan stand at the top of the world!”
“I want us Uchiha to become the most powerful force!”
Kawasaki took a deep breath and said in a more excited voice: “I want all Uchiha members to open their Mangekyō Sharingan!”
“Everyone activate the Mangekyō Sharingan!?”
Fugaku’s eyes lit up. The whole clan possessed the power of God! That’s what Uchiha was like!
Fugaku seemed to have seen where Uchiha had passed, Susanoo sweeping through thousands of armies and conquering all countries!
“It’s no problem to give the clan leader’s eyes to Sasuke or Itachi. Doesn’t Sister Mikoto have a pair of Sharingan?”
Kawasaki’s words brought Fugaku back to reality from his dream.
He frowned. “Even if Mikoto opens the Mangekyo, if she gives up her eyes, she won’t be able to see, right?”
Oh, I didn’t expect Fugaku to be a man who loves his wife. He doesn’t mind being blind, but Mikoto doesn’t.
Kawasaki rolled his eyes and said, “Why are you so stupid? So many Uchiha clan members have been sacrificed in the past. Weren’t their Sharingans recovered?”
“Why not just install a pair? Even though it doesn’t have the power of a kaleidoscope, at least I can see.”
In the office of the Third Hokage.
“Sandami-sama, the Uchiha have returned the four detained ANBU members.”
“They were not punished, but were detained overnight.”
“I see.”
The Third Hokage took a puff of his cigarette.
“Sarutobi, what are you going to do?”
Mitomon En asked from the side.
The Third Hokage sighed and said, “Withdraw all the Anbu who are monitoring the Uchiha. You don’t need to send them anymore.”
“Is this really okay, Sarutobi?”
Mito Kado En was still worried, as the order to monitor the Uchiha had always been an important task left by the Second Hokage.
They never dared to slack off, but they still failed to catch any handle on Uchiha.
But the Nine-Tails Rebellion is obviously related to Uchiha’s Sharingan.
“If you don’t withdraw, do you want the Anbu to die there in vain?”
The Sandaime snorted heavily.
“Now the Uchiha have two Kage-level masters, Fugaku and Kawasaki, both of whom are Mangekyō masters, and Killer Bee is still lying in our hospital!”
Mizuto Menyan sat down dejectedly, without saying a word.
Utane Koharu suggested, “How about calling back Jiraiya and Tsunade?”
Sarutobi took a long drag on his cigarette, “Tsunade’s whereabouts are unknown, let’s recall Jiraiya first.”
Mitokado En and Utane Koharu exchanged glances. How could Tsunade’s whereabouts be unknown?
Her title of ‘big fat sheep’ has long been known around the world.
Tsunade didn’t come back because she always had doubts about Konoha’s top leaders.
The deaths of Nawase and Dan were too obviously man-made, and Tsunade left Konoha only because of lack of evidence.
It may not be easy to recall Tsunade now.
Jiraiya’s personality is a little easier to control.
Chapter 36: Crush! Otogakure! (Old Version)
Utane Koharu nodded in agreement: “I’ll arrange it.”
After Utane Koharu left, the Sandai asked, “How’s things going in Kumogakure?”
Mitomon En raised the document in his hand: “Kirabi is fine after emergency treatment. With his physical fitness as a Jinchūriki, he will be discharged from the hospital soon.”
“Yukito’s letter has been delivered to Kumogakure. They are all staying at the embassy very well and not going anywhere.”
The third generation nodded. This time, the Cloud Village was really scared.
Probably didn’t expect the Uchiha to openly support Konoha.
Although Konoha gained some benefits from this peace talk, the Hyuga clan
The Third Hokage was deeply troubled as to how an outlier like Kawasaki could emerge from the Uchiha family.
All these changes in the Uchiha clan were triggered by Kawasaki becoming the deputy clan leader.
Now that they, the Hokage, have lost their ally Hinata, they have no choice but to recall Jiraiya.
If only Orochimaru were still here.
The third generation naturally knew Orochimaru’s character.
But Orochimaru’s scientific research ability and IQ are both top-notch.
If Orochimaru were to be Hokage…
The Third Hokage was absent-minded for a moment.
“Sarutobi? Sarutobi?”
Mitomon En’s voice brought the Sandai back to his senses.
He shook his head, thinking that he was really old. How could Orochimaru come back?
The Third Hokage pulled himself together, “Well, what has Danzo been up to lately?”
Mitokado En hesitated for a moment: “Since the Roots joined the Guard, Hizashi has only asked them to do some work to maintain law and order.”
“Danzo personally cleaned up the team because there were so many complaints.”
“His recent specific movements are unclear, but he frequently sends people to the Uchiha territory.”
“Humph, the Uchiha nowadays are not easy to mess with.”
The Third Hokage had a love-hate relationship with Danzo, as they were teammates when they were young.
Later he became the leader, he was the Hokage and Danzo handled the dark side, and they worked together seamlessly.
But in recent years, Danzo’s ambitions have been growing, and the number of people in the Root has exceeded imagination.
Even he, the Hokage, didn’t know how many roots were lurking in the dark.
Danzo had been eyeing Shisui’s Mangekyō before.
As a result, Kawasaki caught him and severely defeated him, but he still refuses to give up.
The third generation thought about it.
“Tell Kawasaki about this and let them fight it out on their own.”
Mito Kadokome nodded in agreement.
He had also noticed Danzo’s ambitions in recent years, and his former teammate now thought highly of himself.
Now that the Uchiha are so powerful, Danzo is likely to suffer a great loss.
The country of fields.
After a long journey of many days, Itachi, Shisui and his companions finally arrived at the Land of Rice Fields.
The Land of Field is just an insignificant little country, less than one-tenth the size of the Land of Fire.
There is a shortage of supplies and the country is weak.
However, after trekking through the wilderness for many days, the group now just wanted to have a good rest and get some information.
In a small city.
The Uchiha group booked the entire hotel without saying a word.
The hotel owner was on the verge of collapse.
Suddenly, such a big deal came in, and I was so happy that my eyes narrowed into slits.
He was particularly enthusiastic towards Itachi and the others, and would quickly agree to any request.
After a whole day’s rest, everyone is full of energy and spirit.
Early the next morning, Takuya began to inquire about the news about Tianzhikuni.
“You have a new ninja village in Tian Kingdom recently, right?”
“Hey, guests, do you know about this?”
The innkeeper said in surprise.
“We built a Sound Village here a few years ago. Although it’s not big, it’s quite powerful.”
“Many ninjas from other places have gone to the Sound Village. The efficiency of their missions is very high.”
“Our Daimyo here also supports Sound Village. I heard that he gave a lot of money.”
Before setting off, Elder Takuya found out the location of the Sound Village and some details.
After the Uchiha family had rested, they quickly headed towards the Sound Village.
The Land of Rice is a small place, and it only took two days to reach the territory of Sound Village.
In order to avoid accidental injury, Itachi asked the others to settle down in the town first, while he and Shisui planned to explore the way together.
The Sound Village looks quite shabby. Its territory is not as big as the Uchiha’s hometown, and only a few hundred people come in and out.
But when Itachi and Shisui entered the village, they could clearly feel that there was a lot of powerful chakra hidden there.
Those are all jonin level ninjas.
The two of them paid close attention and found the mission center according to the client’s instructions.
The task center is just one window.
There was a fat lady sitting inside, an ordinary person.
Shisui went up to talk to her, and the old lady smiled and said, “Welcome to the Sound Village, how can I help you?”
Shisui replied politely, “We are looking for someone, maybe he is in your Otogakure.”
“Oh? I wonder who you two are looking for?”
The aunt asked curiously.
“They were looking for me.”
A man wearing glasses walked in from outside the door with a smile on his face. It was Kabuto Yakushi.
“You two, follow me.”
Kabuto Yakushi greeted the aunt and led Itachi and Shisui to the back of the village.
There was a small hill behind the village. The further they walked, the fewer people there were, until finally only the footsteps of the three of them were left.
After a while, Dou stopped in front of a valley.
“I wonder what the famous Shunshin Shisui and the young master of Uchiha are doing in our Sound Village?”
As soon as he finished speaking, several figures wearing various forehead protectors jumped out.
These are followers that Orochimaru recruited from other villages, and they are all at the jonin level.
They all looked at Itachi and Shisui unfriendly.
Itachi ignored the gazes around him and took a step forward: “You must be Kabuto Yakushi, where is Orochimaru?”
Itachi’s tone was calm, without any fluctuation, but these senior ninjas seemed to be irritated.
“How dare you address an adult by his first name!”
Then he pounced on Itachi and Shisui.
Suddenly he kicked Itachi.
“Oh, oh…”
Along with the crows’ calls, Itachi turned into a flock of crows.
While the crow was in mid-air, Itachi was already mid-air in an instant.
The shurikens were thrown down with a whizzing sound, colliding and changing positions in the air.
It took the combined efforts of the four Sound Ninjas to block Itachi’s shuriken attack.
Itachi approached in an instant and kicked a Sound Ninja away with one kick.
The remaining three soon got entangled in a fight with Itachi.
The other two rushed towards Shisui, but with a look from Shisui, the two immediately fell to the ground.
Kabuto Yakushi just stood there without taking any action. These Sound Ninjas were the senior ninjas recruited by Orochimaru.
They all have good skills.
But even though it was a group attack, Itachi dealt with them without much effort.
Itachi used the Crow Clone Technique.
Shisui stood still, and with one illusion he made the two men lose their fighting power. He did not participate in the subsequent fight at all.
Not long after, these Otoninin were lying on the ground…
Chapter 37 Dangerous Technique! Obtain the Demonic Seal! (Old Version)
“I am so disappointed that you couldn’t even force out the Mangekyō Sharingan?”
A hoarse and magnetic voice sounded.
Orochimaru, who had just changed his body, walked out from the darkness.
Kabuto whispered, “I’m so sorry, Lord Orochimaru.”
“Back off. The next battle is not for you to participate in.”
Even though I just changed my body, having Wanshe by my side should be enough.
Orochimaru’s handsome face was cold, and he bit his finger: “Hai, Xu, You, Shen, Wei…”
Kabuto was shocked. Lord Orochimaru was going to use that move directly?
“The art of spiritual communication!”
Boom! Thick smoke filled the air.
Itachi and Shisui jumped out.
A deafening sound rang in my ears.
“Orochimaru, you summoned me this time to offer a sacrifice!”
Orochimaru looked annoyed: “Defeat them and I will prepare a sacrifice for you.”
“roar!”
A scream.
The huge bodies of the Ten Thousand Snakes lashed over like a whip.
A big hole was smashed on the ground!
The Wanshe’s attack missed and it slowly raised its head, its huge shadow covering the earth.
Kabuto quickly pulled three nearby jonin together and left the place.
The other ninjas were crushed into meat paste by Mana.
“Uchiha Itachi! I didn’t expect you to come to me!”
Orochimaru looked greedily at Itachi’s Sharingan.
Before he defected, he had witnessed the training of this genius, a training method that was almost suicidal.
At that time, he became greedy for the Sharingan.
After he took control of the Daimyo of the Land of Rice, he established the Sound Village and studied ninjutsu while developing it.
In just a few years, he improved the Impure World Reincarnation Technique left by the Second Hokage, Senju Tobirama.
He also made the first attempt at immortality – reincarnation without a corpse.
As he was obsessed with Itachi’s Sharingan, he was about to take action.
Unexpectedly, news came from Konoha’s insider that Uchiha and Konoha had broken up.
Uchiha Itachi and Fugaku even awakened the legendary Mangekyō Sharingan.
Orochimaru didn’t expect Fugaku to endure for so long, and the Third Ninja World War lasted so long.
I’ve never heard that Fugaku has the Mangekyō Sharingan, but now it’s revealed.
Itachi, at such a young age, actually had the Mangekyō Sharingan.
Itachi and Shisui looked at each other, to ensure Kotoamatsukami went smoothly and to prevent Orochimaru from being on guard against the genjutsu.
To deal with a giant summoned beast like Manshe, you can only use Susanoo.
“Come on! Itachi! Let me see the Susanoo of the Mangekyō Sharingan!!”
Orochimaru looked fanatical, and he was determined to collect all the ninjutsu in the world.
Susanoo is a legendary jutsu. How could a scientific researcher like him not be excited?
Every time the ten thousand snakes charged, it was like a magnitude seven earthquake.
The ground exploded, sand and gravel flew everywhere, and dust filled the sky!
Itachi and Shisui had no choice but to keep dodging.
As the mountains shook and the earth trembled, the flying debris was deadly.
“No, we have to retreat!”
Dou had to evacuate the battlefield quickly with the three unconscious guys.
“Itachi! Hiding is not your style. Come on, show me the legendary power of God!”
Orochimaru was itching to see the legendary Susanoo.
But Itachi and Shisui just started playing hide-and-seek, which made him a little impatient.
At this point, Itachi realized that there were only three of them around, and he exchanged a look with Shisui.
In Itachi’s eyes, the magatama flashed and turned into a rotating windmill pattern like magic.
Immediately afterwards, a giant with an orange-red body and condensed from chakra suddenly emerged from the ground!
This chakra was like a torrent, starting from the giant’s bones, spreading along the meridians until it covered the skin of the entire body.
This is the second form of Susanoo!
Shisui was not idle either. He flew into the air and headed straight for Orochimaru.
“Awesome! Awesome! This is the power of the Mangekyō Sharingan! The power of God! Hahahahahahahaha”
There was a sick smile on Orochimaru’s gray-green face and a smug laugh came out of his mouth.
The second form of Susanoo is a huge energy consumer.
As soon as Itachi transformed, he used it to knock Orochimaru’s precious snake away.
Bang! With that loud noise, the big snake couldn’t even stand steadily and was thrown far away.
And Susanoo did not forget to throw out a Yasaka Magatama as a parting gift.
At the same time, Orochimaru took advantage of the opportunity when the big snake was knocked away to land and met the rushing Shisui.
Orochimaru looked away from Itachi’s Susanoo and said to Shisui, “Shisui, I heard that Danzo dreams of getting your eyes. Do you also have the Mangekyō Sharingan?”
Orochimaru’s eyes sparkled.
With his intelligence, how could he not know that Shisui’s Sharingan must be extraordinary.
Unfortunately, he only knew that the Mangekyo could open Susanoo, but he didn’t know that there were other secret tricks.
You will know soon enough.
Just when Orochimaru’s eyes locked on Shisui’s!
A tear of blood slid down the corner of Shisui’s eye, and his eyes suddenly opened wide!
Don’t be a god!
What?! Orochimaru was shocked and reacted too late!
[Ding, congratulations to the host for greatly changing Orochimaru’s life]The host obtains: Shiki Fuujin x 1
Kawasaki smiled, it seemed that Shisui was really reliable.
“Ouch…”
Smoke and dust were billowing nearby, and the big snake was wailing as it was blasted by the Yasaka Magatama, and black flames were splashing everywhere!
“What kind of fire is this?! Ah! Ah…”
It yelled, “Orochimaru, what the hell are you doing!”
In the last glance, it only saw Orochimaru suddenly stiffen and fall from mid-air.
How is that possible? !
Orochimaru lost?!
Why doesn’t he use ninjutsu, Snake Hand, Ten Thousand Snake Formation, etc.? !
The snake panicked, and then it turned into a cloud of smoke and ran away!
Orochimaru raised his head and said hoarsely, “That’s just right. It saves me a sacrifice.”
“Why did you come just now? We still have a lot of things to do. Don’t dawdle.”
After saying that, Orochimaru turned and walked towards the valley behind him.
Itachi released Susanoo, fell down panting, and supported Shisui, whose eye power was overdrawn.
He looked at Shisui, who nodded tiredly.
At that moment, he changed Orochimaru’s will.
Orochimaru originally planned to turn into wind to drive the windmill.
Under the guidance of the other gods, he realized that he was not alone.
He has found like-minded partners, and together they want to become that wind.
Now, he not only wants to push the windmills, but also wants to take the world by storm.
Orochimaru walked in front and saw that Itachi and Shisui looked exhausted.
“Susanoo consumes more than just chakra, right?”
Itachi nodded: “Susanoo will also consume pupil power, it is a very dangerous technique.”
Chapter 38: Otsutsuki Bloodline! Kawasaki’s Harvest! (Old Version)
They were fighting for life and death just now, but now they are communicating like teammates.
It’s really strange that the style of painting changed so quickly.
But Orochimaru didn’t think there was anything wrong.
Kabuto Yakushi walked out of the base and was surprised to see Orochimaru and two Uchiha walking with him.
However, out of trust in Orochimaru, Kabuto did not ask any further questions.
Orochimaru explained calmly, “They are here to work with me. You go prepare the medical lab.”
Medical laboratory?! Kabuto was once a medical ninja, so he was certainly familiar with this.
Usually, it is used when conducting biological research.
“Yes, Lord Orochimaru! What are you researching this time? I will prepare the test subjects immediately.”
Orochimaru glanced at Itachi and swirled his tongue around his lips: “Studying Uchiha, the experimental subject is Itachi.”
pocket:”…”
In the end, Itachi simply provided some blood, skin, and bone marrow samples.
“Kawasaki-senpai said that Itachi already has health problems and if he doesn’t get treatment, it will get worse quickly.”
Orochimaru took Itachi’s cell sample for testing.
He picked up the materials Kawasaki had specially prepared.
Orochimaru flipped through the document filled with text page by page.
His eyes gradually changed from being casual at first to being focused, and his face also showed a bit more enthusiasm.
“Amazing, amazing, I have never had these thoughts before, how did Kawasaki know?”
[On the negative impact of soul separation on the spirit][Basic Analysis of Yin and Yang Chakras][The evolution and speculation of the Sharingan][The relationship between the Sage Eyes, Sage Body, Sage Blood, and Bloodline Limits][Speculations on Immortal Arts and Relationships with Curses and Seals]The paper is densely packed with Kawasaki’s knowledge and reasonable guesses.
Kawasaki once explained that if Kotoamatsukami succeeded, he could directly tell Orochimaru that he could foresee the future.
Orochimaru was shocked to learn that the Mangekyo could actually predict the future, and he began to pay more attention to the information.
“Beep…beep…”
The detector completed the analysis of the ferret cells.
Orochimaru took the report and frowned.
“This is?”
He found that the weasel’s cell activity was abnormal, some cells were transforming into pathological changes, and the changes were at the cellular level.
If Kawasaki had been there, he would have recognized that these were symptoms of leukemia.
Although Orochimaru didn’t know the name of the disease.
But this does not affect his medical skills.
He quickly found out that the root of Itachi’s illness was the erosion of his body by the Yintun Chakra when he frequently used the Mangekyō Sharingan.
As long as he temporarily stops using the Mangekyō, Orochimaru will be able to control the diseased cells.
When Itachi grows up a little more or his physique becomes stronger, he will be able to resist the erosion of the Mangekyo’s Yintun, and the disease will naturally heal.
“That’s great, Itachi!”
Shisui heaved a sigh of relief.
When he heard that Itachi could only live to the age of twenty, he couldn’t sleep at night.
Fortunately, Senior Kawasaki’s plan was correct. Shisui touched his eyes and knew that he could not use Kotoamatsukami with these two eyes for a short time.
Fortunately, it worked twice before.
“Don’t be too happy too soon.”
Orochimaru’s words brought Shisui back to reality.
“The Uchiha clan’s Mangekyō Sharingan is not stable.”
“Abuse can not only lead to decreased vision or even blindness, but it can also cause unknown pathological changes in the body.”
Orochimaru flipped through the [Evolution and Speculation of the Sharingan].
Also compare [On the Immortal Eyes, Immortal Body, Immortal Blood and Bloodline Boundaries] with another book of information.
In the second volume, he found an introduction to the Otsutsuki clan.
And the influence of the Otsutsuki bloodline on the various bloodline boundaries in the ninja world…
“The bloodline limit is both a gift from God and a curse that cannot be escaped.”
Orochimaru said with emotion.
“The next experiment requires your full cooperation.”
Kawasaki also put forward his own ideas about how to stabilize the Mangekyō Sharingan, even though Itachi could achieve it by transplanting the Mangekyō Sharingan of his relatives.
But Shisui is now a lonely man with no blood relatives, so he has to consider the second option – implanting Hashirama’s cells.
But Orochimaru had other plans. He wanted to try to directly inject Yang Release Chakra to see what changes it would bring to the Mangekyō Sharingan.
But I’ve never tried infusing chakra into it before.
There are only two live experimental subjects available, so Orochimaru has to re-plan how to proceed.
All his previous plans and research topics were overturned and started over again.
His pursuit of power is no longer solely focused on obtaining the Sharingan.
His ambitions grew.
Orochimaru quickly got busy and threw all the affairs of Sound Village to Kabuto.
Kabuto is often busy helping Orochimaru with experiments and is too busy to handle all of them.
After all, the shadow clone technique is of no use in the delicate work of scientific research.
Once the shadow clone disappears, the massive amount of medical data can cause the brain to freeze instantly, and it will take several days of recuperation to recover.
The Uchiha people brought by Itachi and Shisui quickly solved the problem of manpower shortage in Sound Village.
The third elder Takuya quickly took over Kabuto’s government affairs in Sound Village, allowing Kabuto to assist Orochimaru for a long time.
The third elder, Uchiha Takuya, finally fulfilled his long-cherished wish.
Although the Sound Village is not big now, it is enough for him to satisfy his addiction to power.
Kabuto has no interest in power, his purpose in Sound Village is to assist Orochimaru.
To him, Orochimaru is his boss, his brother, and his family.
As long as he can help Lord Orochimaru, he is willing to do anything.
Itachi and Shisui cooperate with Orochimaru every day and regard themselves as experimental materials.
If it weren’t for their absolute confidence in Kotoamatsukami, Itachi and Shisui would have been really afraid of being dissected by Orochimaru.
The new Uchiha settlement.
“My Lord, there is news from the Ninja Cat.”
Qiming walked in with the news.
Qiming’s elder brother Yaoyue’s summoning beast is also a ninja cat.
Through spiritual communication, Yaoyue, who was tracking Itachi, was able to quickly communicate with Qiming.
Kawasaki unfolded the scroll and saw that Orochimaru had already begun studying Itachi’s body.
Itachi’s body should be stable.
The next step is development.
[Ding! Congratulations to the host for greatly changing the life trajectory of Yakushi Kabuto. ]Congratulations to the host for obtaining: Palm Immortal Technique X1
Kawasaki raised his eyebrows, it’s not Sage Mode?
“Lord Kawasaki!”
At this time, another Uchiha clan member came in.
“There is news from the third generation.”
What’s the Third Hokage doing?
Kawasaki opened it doubtfully, then chuckled.
This Danzo guy is really restless. He became a pariah in Konoha because of digging out Shisui’s eyes.
They could only stay at home or in the Root, not even daring to set foot in the Hokage Building.
Unexpectedly, he still had evil intentions and started to have feelings for Uchiha again.
Chapter 39: Growing stronger, the bugs are approaching, surprise attack! (Old version)
However, the third generation was not a good person either. He pretended to be friendly with Uchiha on the surface, but he was actually doing something secretly.
Danzo’s power grew, and the Third Generation found it difficult to control it.
The Uchiha and the village were drifting further and further apart. The key was the fighting power of the two pairs of Mangekyō, which the Third Hokage was unable to match.
Therefore, whether Danzo or Uchiha suffers a loss, it is good for the Third Hokage.
Now, the Uchiha can gradually ignore Konoha’s movements as long as the development of the Land Country is on the right track.
The Uchiha civilians no longer need to rely on Konoha.
“Convey the order, all Uchiha guards, change the security patrol to two teams in parallel.”
“All members of the Kai-Eye clan are not allowed to go out alone. All Konoha missions are suspended and all of them are required to rest in the clan territory.”
These powers have been handed over to Kawasaki by Fugaku, who obviously regards him as a successor.
Kawasaki stood up and patted Qiming on the shoulder: “Danzo is still eyeing our Sharingan. If you are short of manpower, ask Fugaku for it. Let’s hurry up and work on the barrier team.”
“Yes, Captain!”
Qiming’s eyes were extremely determined.
I will protect the family!
In the days that followed, the Third Hokage restarted the peace talks with Kumogakure.
Kumogakure had previously taken a tough stance and had tested Konoha many times.
But with the strong support of the Uchiha clan, Kumogakure became strong on the outside but weak on the inside.
They couldn’t win the fight, and they couldn’t afford to delay, so they could only let Konoha control them.
It turned out that Killer Bee, the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki, came to hold the fort, but he was instead beaten into the hospital and became a hostage.
They suffered a lot during the peace talks, paid compensation of up to 300 million, and were forced to transfer some scientific research technology to Konoha.
Although it is not the latest technology, it is at least rarely seen by the outside world.
The third generation did not dare to keep it to himself, so he made a copy of all the information and sent it to Uchiha Kawasaki.
On Konoha’s Eighth Street, merchants felt quite strange today because all Uchiha guards traveled in groups of eight.
Whether patrolling or enforcing the law, the eight people follow like shadows.
Fortunately, the merchants on the street had long been subdued by the Uchiha gang, and there were very few troublemakers.
The Uchiha’s patrolling like this only attracted a few curious looks.
Danzo felt like there was something stuck in his throat; before he could even take any action, the road was blocked.
“Don’t those Uchiha ever get left alone?!”
“Replying to the lord, all the Uchiha Kaigan clan members are currently acting as a group, and there has never been a situation where there are less than four people.”
The subordinate Ji Tu reported back in a low voice.
Recently, Danzo installed a Sharingan in his right eye and used the remaining two for experiments.
He wanted to find out how to open the Mangekyō Sharingan.
However, nothing was gained. If the Mangekyō Sharingan could be easily cracked, the Uchiha clan would not have been in their current situation.
Now the Shimura clan has been implicated because of him, and cooperation with other ninja clans has been interrupted.
The Shimura clan is not making any profit, so the Root’s funds are naturally even tighter.
In addition, the Third Hokage cut his expenses in response to previous events.
This caused many experiments to come to a standstill.
The power of the Mangekyō that Kawasaki had previously demonstrated at the Hyuga family had made Danzo covet it.
But now the Sharingan’s reserves have been depleted.
Danzo then turned his target to the Uchiha guards.
But before Danzo could make a move, the Uchiha clan members became more alert as if they had foreseen it.
“Where did the news leak out?”
Danzo’s eyes were gloomy. After thinking about it, he decided that it must be that old fox Sarutobi Hiruzen.
Only the Third Hokage can command a large number of Anbu and has the best understanding of every move in Konoha.
They were very kind to me when they were useful to me in the past, but now that they see my growing power, they suppress me in every way.
“Go to the area surrounding the Uchiha settlement and see if there is any opportunity to take advantage of it.”
Ji Tu worriedly said, “Isn’t it too risky? Even the Hokage’s Anbu can’t enter the Uchiha settlement now.”
Danzo smiled confidently: “That was just the Third Hokage being coerced by Kawasaki. The Uchiha settlement is so large, can Kawasaki defend it alone?”
“Too many people would be unsafe. Let Aburame Ryoma go and see if there is any chance.”
Ji Tu was a little panicked: “Sir, Aburame Ryoma has been imprisoned in the dungeon by the third generation.”
“Let him out quietly and tell him that his disease can be cured, but the prerequisite is that he helps me catch an Uchiha.”
Although he didn’t want to see Aburame Ryoma again, Jido still agreed reluctantly: “Yes!”
Deep in the dungeon.
A man in a black windbreaker leaned quietly in the shadow of the corner.
He has a strong body, but his skin is slightly greyish green.
Dong Dong Dong, the footsteps are getting closer.
Ji Tu stopped in front of the prison door: “Dragon Horse.”
Long Ma seemed to be in a trance for a moment, yawned, and then walked slowly to the door: “Who are you? Ji Tu?”
Ji Tu nodded: “Danzo said that your disease can be cured, but the condition is that you have to help Danzo catch an Uchiha with Sharingan.”
Isn’t it hard to find Uchiha people?
Longma had been in the dungeon for too long and was unaware of the changes in the outside world.
“No problem. When do we move?”
Ji Tu swallowed his saliva and approached Long Ma for some reason.
I felt cold all over and my thinking became slow.
“The sooner the better. I’m afraid Master Danzo can’t wait any longer.”
After saying that, Ji Tu walked to the prison door and opened the lock for Long Ma.
Aburame Ryoma walked out of the cell leisurely: “Jitu, do you know why I was locked up here?”
Ji Tu was in a state of panic, but he tried to remain calm and said, “I heard that you were in because you killed your teammates.”
“Want to do something to me?”
Ji Earth is both worried and nervous.
Aburame Ryoma said calmly: “I won’t do anything to you, but my baby hasn’t eaten for a long time, so… I have to inconvenience you for a while!”
“Uh! Wha…what!”
In an instant, Ji Tu found that he could not move, and the chakra in his body seemed to be still.
Everything went dark before his eyes, and Ji Tu’s aura disappeared instantly.
Buzz buzz buzz, a group of parasitic insects invisible to the naked eye flew out of Ji Tu’s body.
And Ji Earth has become a shriveled corpse.
Outside the Uchiha territory, Uchiha Qiming was busy alone.
He placed the chakra-guiding material on the ground, and then carved barrier spells on the material.
Speed ​​up the process and teach the three people the technology of exploring the barrier, a week ahead of schedule.
Qiming’s final task is to complete the barrier node in front of him.
Ever since Uchiha Kawasaki was promoted to deputy clan leader, the Uchiha family has changed day by day.
The Uchiha who stayed in Konoha never suffered any injustice again.
And as an Uchiha member of the guard team, he became particularly popular.
Because the eight blocks they guard have always been the most peaceful place in Konoha.
Qiming was sincerely happy to see the Uchiha clan growing prosperous.
He himself does not like fighting and only hopes that his family will prosper.
Recently, the clan leader said that Uchiha suffered serious damage due to the loss of talent.
Therefore, we encourage childbirth to prepare for a rainy day.
Families with two or more children have gradually added many families with two or three children after each child is born…
A subsidy of 200,000 taels can be obtained, with more children receiving more subsidies, and there are other subsidies as well.
Qiming worked without stopping, preparing to perfect the nodes of the barrier ritual.
So that it can be activated as soon as possible so that the Uchiha can also detect the barrier.
He was so busy working that he didn’t notice the dangers lurking around him approaching!
The swarm of black insects dispersed and slowly approached Qiming…
Chapter 40 Multiple Shadow Clones! Susanoo! Water Escape! (Old Version)
“Buzz…Buzz…Buzz…”
The sound of insects gradually began to ring in Qiming’s ears.
The sealing technique on Qiming’s hand had just been completed, and he subconsciously injected chakra.
An invisible wave spread outward from the node.
Countless small dots representing chakra appeared in Qiming’s mind.
Buzz! There was a loud noise accompanied by a sharp whistle, and a group of parasitic insects fell from the sky.
Qiming staggered and fell to the ground, rolling twice. A hole exploded on the ground, but he luckily avoided it.
He stood up and shouted, “Who are you? How dare you run wild in Uchiha territory!”
Then he activated the Sharingan.
Qiming didn’t bring any flares, so he could only shout loudly to warn others.
He hadn’t expected to be attacked on the edge of Uchiha territory.
Aburame Ryoma stepped out from the shadows and said, “It’s your bad luck to meet me, but it’s a pity that you only have two magatama. You’ll have to make do with this.”
Qiming felt like he was facing a formidable enemy. The man in front of him had strong chakra and a strong body, and more importantly, he knew him.
“You’re Aburame Ryoma!”
Qiming has a quick mind and pays attention to various information on a daily basis.
Isn’t this Aburame Ryoma imprisoned in a dungeon?
Aburame Ryoma is a genius ninja from the Aburame clan.
He was once an elite of the Root, and his intrusion techniques were also very outstanding among all the Anbu of all generations.
It is said that his strength was almost as strong as Orochimaru back then.
He has great ambitions and intends to strengthen the Aburame clan.
After collecting insects everywhere, he finally found a new species.
The parasitic insects he cultivated were nano-scale poisonous insects, just like the one cultivated by Aburame Shiguro.
Releases poisonous insects in the air without contact.
But while developing new secret techniques, he developed physical problems.
He began to assassinate his teammates and use their blood to nourish the poisonous insects, but his crimes were soon exposed and he was imprisoned.
It turned out to be him. Qiming immediately became alert.
He quickly formed seals and his chest felt beating.
The goal is at your feet!
Boom! A blazing flame gushed out and bounced off the ground.
Qiming jumped out of the flames, his body charred.
“snort!”
Aburame Ryoma snorted coldly. This Uchiha acted decisively.
The large number of poisonous insects that had just been released were burned to ashes in an instant.
Knowing that poisonous insects are hard to see with the naked eye, he still burned them directly on himself.
Although he suffered multiple burns, he at least avoided the attack of the nano-scale parasitic insects from Aburame Ryoma.
If infected by the poisonous insects, Qiming would lose control of his brain within a few seconds.
He died here inexplicably.
“Will you come with me voluntarily, or will I take your body away?”
Aburame Ryoma’s nano-level poisonous insects have been used up and blood is needed to hatch new insects, so she has to use ordinary parasitic insects.
Aburame Ryoma waved his hand, and a large number of parasitic insects swarmed in.
Qiming was unable to move due to the burns, so he tried his best to jump back. Being unarmed, he could only rely on fire escape.
Fire escape, Phoenix fire technique.
Fireballs continuously spewed out of Qiming’s mouth.
Hit the parasitic insect swarm head-on.
Instantly, a group of parasites fell.
The remaining fireballs hit the ground, and a raging fire suddenly broke out on the ground.
Seeing such a big commotion, Aburano Ryoma quickly flashed through the flames and attacked Qiming.
Qiming dodged the punch awkwardly and rolled on the spot. Longma approached again and kicked him.
However, Longma felt his feet lighten.
“Bang!”
Qiming disappeared into a cloud of smoke.
“Huh?!”
It turned out to be the Shadow Clone Technique. When was it performed?
When the shadow clone exploded into smoke, the memory of the injury was instantly transmitted back to the original body Qiming.
Qiming understood from the beginning that a head-on confrontation would not work, so he spit out a huge fireball.
He gave almost all of his chakra to another shadow clone.
This method is extremely risky. When the chakra is insufficient, the shadow clone will disappear if it is seriously damaged.
When those memories of the injury instantly return to the body, the body is likely to fall into a coma due to the overwhelm.
Qiming staggered and nearly fell, but he had to hold on. His family had finally managed to escape from the war.
If I make a mistake, I don’t know how much trouble it will cause.
Uh-huh! Qiming suppressed a groan and his nose bled.
He could hear footsteps approaching, Ryoma was about to catch up.
Mysticism, Parasitic Insects
Amid the buzzing sound, a large group of parasitic insects were approaching.
Qiming’s eyes widened. Ah! He felt his body lighten and instantly filled with strength. He leaped forward and avoided the attack.
hey-hey
Qiming was breathing heavily, and the Sharingan in his eyes had evolved from two magatama to three magatama.
“You have some skills to fool me like this.”
Realizing that I had been putting it off for so long.
Aburano Ryoma was quite annoyed and angry.
However, when he saw Qiming’s eyes turned into three-magatama Sharingan.
He secretly rejoiced in his heart: “Oh, how lucky.”
The parasitic insects around him swarmed up and rolled towards Qiming.
“Is it over?”
Qiming’s eyes widened, his chakra-depleted body no longer able to dodge.
A lot of smoke and dust rose from the ground, and a giant skeleton instantly wrapped Qiming.
“Oh, luckily I made it in time.”
Kawasaki gave a thumbs up to Qiming.
“team leader…”
Qiming felt relieved, but then his eyes went dark and he fell down.
“Is this Susanoo?!”
Feel the other party’s surging chakra.
Even the skeleton form of Susanoo’s pressure caused the parasitic insects on Aburano Ryoma to wail.
Aburano Ryoma immediately turned around and tried to flee.
Kawasaki’s eyes flashed, and he swung his Susanoo, creating a gust of wind!
“Buzz…!”
Aburano Ryoma immediately turned into insect clones and scattered.
Then it reappeared not far away.
But the number of parasitic insects dropped sharply by half. It was obvious that this substitution technique consumed most of Ryoma’s chakra.
Kawasaki released Susanoo and quickly moved forward.
Make the noon seal with your hands.
Fire escape, great fire extinguisher!
Puff! Boom!
Flames erupted and the ground instantly turned into a sea of ​​fire.
Aburano Ryoma transformed into a bug again, and all the parasitic bugs were instantly engulfed by flames.
The fierce flames and high temperatures completely cleared the surroundings.
The moment the parasites on Aburano Ryoma were burned out, his true form was revealed and he was immediately engulfed by flames.
The extreme heat instantly charred him, leaving him no time to cry out in pain.
A dark humanoid shape fell to the ground.
There was a rustling sound of people walking through the woods, and many Uchiha members arrived at this time.
But when they arrived, the scene was in ruins and many trees were on fire.
Oops, it seems like they went too far and Kawasaki is scratching its head.
Fire escape is the most suitable method to deal with this kind of insect-controlling creature.
Kawasaki is doing its best to ensure that all parasites are eliminated.
As a result, the raging fire burned out an open space half the size of a basketball court.
“Put out the fire first! Quick!”
“Water escape technique, water flow technique!”
“Water escape…”
Although Uchiha is good at fire jutsu, it does not mean that he is not good at water jutsu. After all, he still has the Sharingan to copy.
Kawasaki helped Qiming up. He was inputting chakra to test the protective detection barrier.
Therefore, he knew about Longma’s invasion the moment he arrived.
And he also rushed to the scene, but did not intervene.
Qiming’s performance did give him a pleasant surprise.
First he set himself on fire to lure the enemy, then he distributed all his chakra to his shadow clones in the flames.
Then use the cover of fire to escape quickly and secretly.
It was just too risky to let Longma suffer a loss.
The reason why using shadow clones is dangerous is because of the lack of chakra.
If the shadow clone is released, the memory will be fed back to the original body, and the original body may not be able to bear it and faint.
The technique of multiple shadow clones is even more of a forbidden technique.
Except for Naruto, the reincarnation of Ashura, no one else dares to create multiple shadow clones at will…
Chapter 41 Kawasaki’s Strength! Sarutobi Hiruzen! (Old Version)
Unexpectedly, Qiming overcame the hidden danger of the shadow clone with his willpower, and awakened the three magatama at the critical moment of life and death.
The Uchiha medical team has done a preliminary check and Qiming is fine except for some burns.
It’s a blessing.
Looking at the corpse on the ground, Kawasaki remembered that this guy should be locked up in the dungeon.
The third generation couldn’t find a reason to deal with Danzo, but now the reason has been presented to him.
Inside the Hokage Building.
The Third Hokage threw a stack of documents on the table.
“Danzo, what do you want to do? You actually released someone from the dungeon without permission?! What if the other prisoners escape?”
Danzo said coldly, “Sarutobi, what are you talking about? I don’t know anything about the dungeon.”
The Third Hokage shouted angrily: “You are still quibbling. The body of your Root subordinate Jitsuchi was found in the dungeon, and you said you didn’t know?”
Danzo leaned on his cane and said, “That was Jitu’s private action. It has nothing to do with me.”
“Danzo! Stop acting here. Do you think no one knows that you ordered Ryoma to take the Uchiha Sharingan?”
“The Mystic Class has found evidence in Ryoma’s body!”
Danzo dropped his disguise and glared at the Third Hokage.
“Sarutobi Hiruzen! I’ve long said that the Uchiha should be eradicated as soon as possible, but you’re hesitating!”
“Now the Uchiha clan is growing stronger. There are two powerful Mangekyō Sharingan masters in the clan, and there are Itachi and Shisui outside the clan.”
“If you hadn’t stopped me, I would have wiped out the Uchiha clan!”
The Third Hokage also slammed the table.
“Kill! Kill! Kill! All you know is killing! Uchiha Fugaku already has the Mangekyō Sharingan, but he has never publicized it.”
“Can you defeat Susanoo? How many lives will it take to destroy the Uchiha clan?”
“Can you ensure that Kumogakure won’t come and take advantage of the situation?! Mistgakure won’t come?! Or do you think Iwagakure will let it go?”
Danzo retorted: “If you had weakened the Uchiha long ago, how could a strong man like Kawasaki appear? Without the Uchiha to check and balance us, which ninja village can be our opponent?”
Sarutobi Hiruzen was also upset when he thought of Uchiha Kawasaki’s Susanoo.
He picked up his pipe and took a deep drag. “What’s the point of saying this now? You are temporarily prohibited from provoking the Uchiha. Regarding the matter of Ryoma, you will step down from the position of advisory elder for a period of time.”
“Sarutobi Hiruzen!”
Danzo stared at the Third Hokage fiercely.
The Third Hokage’s face was as gloomy as water, with no other expression.
After a few seconds of confrontation, Danzo snorted heavily and walked away.
The Third Hokage looked at Danzo’s back and took a deep puff of the pipe in his hand.
“Lord Kawasaki, there is news from the Third Hokage that Danzo’s position as advisory elder has been revoked.”
When Kawasaki heard the report, he raised his eyebrows slightly, thinking that the third generation was playing this trick again.
Although Danzo lost his position as advisory elder, he became an ordinary person on the surface.
But as long as the “Root” organization in his hands is not disbanded, Danzo will not truly fall.
Without the title of elder, he would just earn less money.
After what happened before, Danzo’s reputation was already shattered.
Danzo has become smarter now and is trying hard to reduce his presence.
People always forget things. When there are too many things to do and time passes by, they can’t remember Danzo’s old accounts.
At least now he can be more at peace.
Kawasaki still had no interest in family affairs and had two deep talks with Fugaku.
Showing that he really wasn’t interested in this, Fugaku could only go along with Kawasaki’s wishes.
After all, Kawasaki is still young and has a long way to go.
What made Fugaku anxious was that when the previous policy of encouraging childbirth was introduced, many members of the clan responded positively.
Some of them wanted to replenish their population because of the loss of family members during the Third Ninja World War;
Some people naturally want to add more family members during the peacetime.
In just two months, many Uchiha women have been confirmed to be pregnant.
And when these babies are born a year later, a large sum of money will have to be taken out of the family treasury.
The Uchiha’s treasury is running low.
Kawasaki comforted Fugaku not to worry too much. If things really didn’t work out, they could capture a few rebel ninjas and earn bounties as a last resort. It was still too early.
Fugaku could only put his mind at ease for the time being and discuss with Kawasaki the various sealing techniques that Kawasaki had just learned.
It has to be admitted that although the Uchiha also has their own collection, they have always been weak in sealing techniques.
To be precise, among all the countries, no country is particularly outstanding in the art of sealing.
The reason why Konoha’s sealing technique is strong is that when the Whirlpool Country was destroyed, Konoha took over part of the Whirlpool Country’s heritage.
However, Fugaku has no talent in sealing techniques, and is even inferior to the younger generations that Kawasaki has recently found.
Kawasaki taught for a week and found that he couldn’t teach it, so he had to write down the method and let Fugaku practice it by himself.
He himself went to the Ninja School to visit Naruto and Sasuke.
Because a thought suddenly caught his attention:
Naruto must never invent that kind of vulgar seduction technique!
In the original world, Naruto created this technique to attract other people’s attention.
But now he doesn’t have to do that, that is, Naruto doesn’t have to spy on the female nurse every day.
When Kawasaki thought about the hero’s son doing these dirty things all day long before he had formed his own values, he couldn’t help but feel sad for Minato.
And there is that old guy Jiraiya. He is impeccable in other aspects, but it’s a pity that his taste in private life is really not good.
In the Konoha school, Naruto, who had been running around since he was a child, felt a little uncomfortable with sitting in class.
Faced with a large amount of boring text knowledge, he almost dozed off.
But seeing that Sasuke and Hinata were concentrating on the class, he had to calm down and listen as well.
Now Naruto is often surrounded by friends, Sasuke, Hinata, Shikamaru and others often accompany him.
Sasuke had beaten everyone and taken first place in the exam last month.
Hinata was once bullied by some ignorant civilian children.
As a result, the other parent was warned, and the child went home and cried loudly after being beaten, and the sound could be heard across two streets.
Afterwards, the civilian children learned about the concept of the great ninja clan and dared not provoke them anymore.
As for the children who once threw stones at Naruto and isolated him, now they dare not bully him openly.
Ever since Kawasaki had taken care of him, Naruto often wore new clothes and ate well.
In addition to Iraku Ramen, Sasuke also took him to look for various delicacies in the village.
Although Sasuke seemed reluctant when he received Kawasaki’s order, the two children still had a lot of fun.
Sometimes Hinata, Shikamaru, Kiba and Choji would join the team.
Although Neji is a year higher than Hinata, he occasionally comes with her.
In such an environment, Naruto’s mental outlook is particularly good.
No longer dirty, no longer fooling around all day, and less unwarranted dislike.
Besides, Kakashi followed the Third Hokage’s instructions and approached Naruto.
After several “chance encounters” at Ichiraku Ramen, Kakashi gradually got to know Naruto.
He began to intentionally create opportunities to talk to Naruto.
Naruto is a child who is easily satisfied. He thinks every day now is happy.
And the starting point of all this happiness was brought by Mr. Kawasaki.
So, when Lord Kawasaki told him not to be naughty, he naturally had to be obedient.
Although the class was a bit boring, Naruto listened patiently.
Chapter 42 Hatake Kakashi! (Old Version)
‘Root’ organization headquarters.
Danzo had just returned from the Hokage headquarters when he received a document from the Third Hokage removing him from his position as advisory elder.
He picked up the document, glanced at it briefly, and then threw it to the ground in anger.
Suddenly, he felt a sharp pain in his right eye.
“Uh…ah…”
Danzo covered his right eye and cried out in pain: “Someone come!”
The Root’s medical staff quickly stepped forward to examine Danzo.
After a busy period, Danzo was injected with two drugs.
The pain in Danzo’s right eye eased and became faint.
“What’s going on? Why is my Sharingan hurting?”
The medical staff looked serious:
“My Lord, this transplanted Sharingan is deteriorating. It is estimated that its power will disappear in a week and become useless.”
“Why is this one declining so quickly?”
It’s not like Danzo had never seen the Sharingan deteriorate before, but each one in the past could be used for several years.
This one, however, began to deteriorate almost immediately after being transplanted.
“Sir! Each Sharingan has a different constitution, some are highly adaptable and very stable;
Some, like this one, decay very quickly in non-Uchiha bodies.”
Danzo didn’t expect that his only remaining Sharingan would choose a host with a poor constitution.
The Uchiha were heavily guarded, so it was impossible to start. Where could I find the Sharingan?
Danzo thought for a moment: “How is Kakashi’s Sharingan?”
The medical staff was stunned, and felt Danzo’s cold eyes, and quickly replied:
“Kakashi’s Sharingan was implanted a few years ago. It is highly adaptable and very stable.”
Danzo snorted, “Call Jia over here.”
In the Hokage’s office.
The Third Hokage summoned Kakashi.
“How’s Naruto doing lately?”
Kakashi still looked lazy, but his expression changed slightly when Naruto was mentioned.
“Naruto has been doing well lately, hanging out with Sasuke, Hinata, Neji, Shikamaru, Choji, and Kiba.
No one bullied him at school.”
Hearing Kakashi’s answer, the Third Generation nodded.
“Have you and Naruto met?”
“I used the time I went to Iraku Ramen to get to know Naruto, and now we chat for a while whenever we meet.”
Kakashi’s mental state is still not good, he seems a little decadent and numb.
But he always cares about Naruto.
The third generation took a puff of cigarette. Ever since Uchiha Kawasaki showed up, the entire Uchiha family has changed drastically.
However, the Hokage’s lineage is lacking in talent. His incompetent son is rebellious and always disobedient.
The only one who has some talent now is Kakashi Hatake in front of us.
The Third Hokage planned to train Kakashi well so that Kakashi could grow up quickly and help him share some of the pressure in the future.
If that was the case, eh…
The third generation sighed secretly in his heart.
Then he said to Kakashi, “Orochimaru escaped for a while, but he left several research bases in Konoha.”
“The ANBU discovered a large Orochimaru research site yesterday. Go check it out and see if there’s anything new to discover.”
Outside the Konoha Ninja School.
Sasuke walked in front with his hands in his pockets, followed by Sakura, and then Naruto and Hinata.
Naruto held his head in his hands and walked behind Sakura.
Naruto in this world is much stronger both physically and mentally, and he no longer has any feelings for Sakura. The two of them are just ordinary partners.
Hinata, who followed behind Naruto, was much closer to him.
“Sasuke, you’re number one again, that’s awesome.”
Sakura praised Sasuke with admiration on her face.
Sasuke is particularly disgusted by this kind of girls, who pester him like mosquitoes every day.
No matter which route he took, there were always girls following him. At first, there was a group of them, and it was quite a mess.
Later, I don’t know whether they had discussed it or not, but they took different routes and had different girls following them.
Sasuke coldly did not respond, turned around and saw Naruto holding his head in his hands:
“Hey! Naruto, if you don’t work harder, you’ll be the last one.”
Naruto put his hand down: “Sasuke, this was just an accident. I will definitely do better than you next time.”
Sasuke snorted proudly, “That’s impossible. The Uchiha are the best.”
“Naruto, stop bragging. You’re not even as good as Choji, so how can you possibly be better than Sasuke?”
Hinata stood behind Naruto and whispered, “I believe in Naruto, he will do well in the exam next time.”
Naruto heard this and laughed happily: “See, Sakura, there are still people who believe in me.”
Then he gave Hinata a thumbs up and said, “Hinata has the best vision.”
Hinata’s face visibly blushed.
“Huh? Hinata, what’s wrong with you? Your face is so red. Do you have a fever?”
Naruto approached Hinata carelessly and reached out to touch Hinata’s forehead.
Naruto is too close, what should I do, what should I do.
Hinata was shaking with nervousness and was about to faint.
“Foolish Naruto!”
Sakura grabbed Naruto and stood next to Hinata.
If Naruto’s hand really touched Hinata, she would faint. After all, this is not the first time.
“Hey, I’m not a fool!”
Naruto said unhappily.
Several people soon got into a commotion.
What a youth! Kawasaki sighed in the tree, but saw Kakashi walking into his sight.
“Hey, Naruto, there you are.”
Kakashi is fully armed and seems to be going on a mission.
He even had to come over to say hello and show his presence. He’s really trying hard.
“Brother Kakashi, are you going on a mission?”
Naruto waved happily, he didn’t have many friends and it was Kakashi who took the initiative to get to know him.
So he thought Kakashi was pretty good.
“Ah, I have something to do. I have to be busy for a while. I’ll treat you to ramen some other time.”
After saying that, Kakashi left in a hurry.
“That person seems to be Kakashi.”
Sakura said in surprise.
“Naruto, how do you know him?”
Sakura found it incredible.
“ah?”
Naruto looked confused.
“You mean Brother Kakashi?”
Naruto said doubtfully:
“I met him at a ramen restaurant. We became close after a few encounters. He even said he wanted to be friends with me.”
“Do you know what Kakashi means?”
Sakura pulled at the corner of Naruto’s clothes and shook it.
“No, I don’t know.”
Seeing Naruto’s innocent face.
Sakura said in the direction Kakashi left:
“That’s Hatake Kakashi, a super genius. Senior Kakashi graduated from the Ninja School when he was only five years old.”
Huh?! Sasuke’s attention was immediately attracted.
At this age, they have just started school, but others have already graduated.
“Why?!”
Naruto was shocked!
“Is Brother Kakashi so powerful?!”
“He never mentioned it!”
Naruto was also surprised.
Sakura rolled her eyes and ignored him.
Kakashi walked forward and soon arrived at a hidden spot in the Konoha Forest.
There is a hard-to-detect hole here.
Chapter 44 My name is… Uchiha Kawasaki! (Old version)
Kakashi looked around, then jumped.
Soon, another person wearing a cat-face mask and ANBU clothing jumped down. He was not tall and quite young.
Immediately there was a rumbling sound from below.
Kawasaki walked to the entrance of the cave and stroked his chin.
The one who just went down was Yamato? Oh, now he is called Jia.
Did Danzo send him to dig out Kakashi’s eyes?
I really don’t know whether Danzo is overconfident or just stupid.
Or are you superstitious about Yamato’s Wood Release?
Suddenly, Kawasaki felt something was wrong and jumped onto the tree.
Whoosh, whoosh, three Root members arrived at the cave entrance.
Two of them became invisible, while the other jumped down.
I see. Danzo has a backup plan, including surveillance and substitutes. If A fails, there are others to take over.
“The mission is not everything. If the mission is to kill your companions, then such a mission is wrong.”
“Kakashi, who killed his comrades, has nothing to say when he is accused like this, but I don’t… don’t want to kill Lin at all!
“I failed to protect my companions, so Lin died. I couldn’t protect her with this Chidori, I couldn’t protect her…”
“A, give up the mission of root.”
“The root people seem to be indoctrinated into abandoning all emotions.”
“It’s not just about emotions, it’s about abandoning your name, past, and future, and living just to complete your mission.”
“I am your enemy, so it is reasonable for me to not help you.”
Kawasaki waited for a while, and the Root unit member who was following Jia came out first and pretended to wait for him at the entrance of the cave.
Not long after, A jumped out.
A took out an eyeball soaked in a bottle, and the two had a brief exchange of words.
Kawasaki is too familiar with this plot, and Kakashi has already dealt with Jia.
Jia forged a fake Sharingan and went back to report to Danzo.
Afterwards, Kakashi and the Third Hokage went to the Root and forcefully took out Kabuto, who was renamed Tenzo.
After the battle to recapture the Kazekage,
As the code name of the mission, everyone gradually got used to calling him Yamato.
“How dare you lie!”
A loud shout brought Kawasaki back to his senses. How did he know it was fake right away?
“Get started!”
The other three Root members jumped out in a flash.
“Danzo-sama really doesn’t trust me.”
A muttered to himself.
A did not resist at all and allowed one of them to tie him up.
The remaining three jumped into the cave, presumably to look for Kakashi.
“Hey, tell me, how can you be so deceitful?”
A’s eyes were empty, showing no sadness or joy, and he only asked in a low voice:
“Hey, I really don’t understand what the mission of killing our own people is, so I gave up.”
When Yi heard this, he was furious: “The mission assigned by Danzo-sama is a huge matter!”
“But Brother Kakashi is also a ninja of Konoha. Can he really kill our companion?”
B suddenly pushed A to the ground and yelled:
“Remember this, your only companions here are us, our own people from the Root Organization!”
A gritted his teeth and said in a tough voice:
“Don’t the Roots also work for Konoha?”
B’s expression is as devout as a believer…
“The roots are like the invisible root system underneath the big tree, silently supporting the big tree of Konoha.”
“A tree has both above and below ground, and its roots naturally form a separate entity.”
“The Root Ninja has no name or surname, no love or hate, no past, no future, and only the mission in his eyes.”
A suddenly struggled desperately:
“No! I’m a ninja of Konoha! I’m not just part of the root, I have branches and leaves, I’m part of the entire Konoha!”
“All the ninjas in Konoha are my friends!”
B’s eyes were as cold as ice, suppressing A:
“Who on earth drugged you with this drug?! I have to take you back and let Danzo-sama brainwash you!”
“Heh….who else could confuse him except Danzo!”
A melodious voice floated from somewhere.
“who!”
B was so frightened that he broke out in a cold sweat and didn’t even notice someone approaching.
“Hmm!”
Before B could turn around, he felt a severe pain in his head and fainted on the ground instantly.
“Get up.”
Kawasaki said as he untied Akihabara.
“Who are you?”
Jia didn’t know Kawasaki, but recognized the Uchiha symbol from his attire.
“My name is Uchiha Kawasaki.”
Kawasaki said calmly, mentally wondering if he should go down and save Kakashi.
Maybe, just let the Root people dig out his Sharingan.
“You are the deputy leader of the Uchiha clan?! Why did you save me?”
He had heard of Uchiha Kawasaki’s name. He had once caused Danzo a lot of trouble and recently caused Danzo to lose his position as an advisor.
“As for me, I just like to contradict Danzo. As for who you are, it doesn’t matter.”
“but…”
Kawasaki’s lips curled up slightly: “I actually know something about you.”
“What do you know about me?”
“Weren’t you one of the sixty babies that Danzo stole?”
“What!”
A was shocked!
“Danzo-sama stole it?!”
Kawasaki nodded:
“Yes, Danzo stole you away and Orochimaru was in charge of using you for experiments. Now it looks like you’re the only one left.”
A asked excitedly: “What evidence do you have?”
Kawasaki raised his eyes:
“I have my own information channels, and I have no intention of confirming it for you. Believe it or not.”
“Danzo has been trying to win over people over the years, using the name of protecting Konoha to fulfill his selfish desires.”
“this…”
A was shocked. The person he was loyal to was actually such a person? !
“Squeak, squeak, squeak…”
The shrill cries of a chidori could be heard from the cave.
“Oh no! Brother Kakashi!”
Only then did Jia realize that his elder brother Kakashi was still trapped down there.
Just as he was about to rush to the cave entrance, he was stopped by Kawasaki:
“Don’t worry, he’ll be here soon.”
As soon as he finished speaking, Kakashi jumped out of the cave.
Kawasaki saw at a glance that Kakashi’s Sharingan was intact, and although he had some scars on his body, he was not seriously injured.
Tsk, he secretly despised in his heart.
Danzo’s Root is really useless. They can’t even handle a three-on-one situation. Do they know how to play?
Kakashi jumped out of the cave and found Uchiha Kawasaki standing at the edge of the cave.
Immediately assume a fighting stance:
“Lord Kawasaki, why are you here?!”
Even though he felt regretful, Kawasaki had no intention of taking away Kakashi’s Sharingan directly.
“Hurry and find the Sandaime, Danzo’s people are almost here.”
Kawasaki didn’t answer Kakashi. He just said this and disappeared in a flash.
“Brother Kakashi! Are you okay?!”
Jia hurried forward to check on Kakashi’s condition.
Kakashi staggered slightly:
“It’s okay, why is Kawasaki here?”
Jia supported Kakashi:
“We shouldn’t stay here for long. Let’s go find the Third Hokage and we’ll talk on the way.”
Chapter 45 Obito! Kawasaki is too strong! (Old version)
“It was actually Danzo’s doing!”
The Sandaime was somewhat surprised, although he acquiesced to Danzo’s research.
But at first, he was indeed unaware of the abduction of sixty babies from Konoha.
This incident caused a huge uproar in Konoha, and it can be said to be the biggest charge of Orochimaru’s defection!
When Orochimaru defected, he took the initiative to take the blame.
I didn’t expect Kawasaki to say that Danzo was the mastermind, considering what Danzo has done in recent years.
Very likely!
At the end of the experiment, Danzo declared it a failure and the matter ended there.
I didn’t expect that someone survived the experiment.
Danzo is also hiding Armor, with sinister intentions!
“Kazuki, can you use Wood Release?”
Jia nodded, formed seals with his hands, and his arms turned into wooden sticks.
The third generation nodded with satisfaction:
“Although your origin is a conspiracy, training Wood Release ninjas has always been Konoha’s wish. Since you have Wood Release, you shouldn’t hide in the roots.”
“The Jinchūriki’s child is already five years old, and the Wood Release Sealing Technique is becoming increasingly important to the village. Aka, are you willing to join the Konoha Anbu?”
Jia looked at Kakashi, who gave him an encouraging look:
“I am in the Anbu now, working for Konoha.”
Jia nodded: “Sandaime-sama, I am willing to join the Anbu. Jia is my code name in the Root before. You can call me…”
Kakashi tilted his head, “Tenzo?”
A was stunned for a moment, then laughed:
“Yes, my name is Tianzang.”
“Very good. From now on, you are an official member of the Anbu. First, practice the Wood Release Sealing Technique with Kakashi.”
The third generation ordered.
Tian Zang’s dead fish eyes seemed to glow with brilliance.
“I’ll take care of the matter with Danzo. You guys go down first.”
The Sandaime waved Kakashi and Tenzou to leave.
After the two left.
The third generation lit his pipe and took a puff:
“Deputy Chief Kawasaki should go through the main gate in the future to avoid misunderstandings.”
Kawasaki leaned out of the window:
“Are you satisfied with this gift, Sandaime-sama?”
The Third Hokage was silent for a moment, but asked another question:
“Did Danzo really steal those sixty babies?”
Kawasaki smiled and nodded:
“Is this important?”
The Third Hokage nodded.
I thought to myself that the principled Orochimaru was easier to control than the unscrupulous Danzo.
Kawasaki spread his hands and said, “It’s genuine.”
Sandai asked, “What do you want?”
Kawasaki put away his smile:
“Sandaime-sama, you know that there is no deep hatred between us Uchiha clan and Konoha, but Danzo always has his eyes on us.”
The Third Hokage said:
“Danzo’s position has been completely eliminated. He is now just a commoner.”
Kawasaki shook his head:
“As long as his roots remain, his ambitions will continue to grow.”
The Third Hokage was silent for a moment:
“Even if I publicly call for the disbanding of the Root, it may not work.”
Kawasaki understood that this was not just an excuse of the third generation, after all, the composition of the Root members was complex and huge.
Moreover, they have all been brainwashed by Danzo, so even if the Third Hokage orders them to disband, they will still secretly collude with each other.
“It’s better to have less loss than not. After all, this guy keeps talking about us Uchiha every day.”
Kawasaki said nonchalantly.
The Third Hokage thought about it.
Recently, I have indeed discovered that Danzo’s hidden ambitions are much greater than what he has revealed, and it is time to take proper care of them.
Although Uchiha Gang had caused trouble for Konoha, Konoha actually did not suffer any loss. Instead, it gained a lot of benefits from the peace talks with Kumogakure.
Now the Wood Release ninja that Konoha urgently needs has arrived. To be honest, the Third Hokage now has a love-hate relationship with this kid Kawasaki.
Moreover, Kawasaki is too strong, so we can only stabilize him now.
“No problem, I will notify the whole village in the name of the Hokage and disband Danzo’s Root Organization!”
Kawasaki stood up and bowed calmly, but his head did not lower.
“Third generation wise, we Uchiha will always support you. I have a lot of things to do at home, so I will take my leave first.”
Although he had never seen this action, the third generation guessed that it was probably a kind of etiquette.
This Kawasaki is really not serious.
The third generation looked at Kawasaki’s leaving back and snorted.
The Land of Water, the Hidden Mist Village.
Having failed in his mission, Qing led Zabuza and other elites back to the village.
“Zabuza, if you hadn’t held on, we would have sneaked into Konoha long ago!”
Qing was a little annoyed at Zabuza’s bravado.
“Humph, I have to take responsibility for my own mistakes. If the Great Elder wants to blame me, I will take the blame alone!”
Zabuza looked impatient, and Aoki spoke as if he could sneak into Konoha as long as he didn’t lose.
Qing was also furious with this troublemaker.
But Zabuza is also a talent. He is almost at the level of a ninja at such a young age.
Besides, the mission has failed and there is no other way. We can only wait and see what the Great Elder thinks.
Qing no longer was angry with Zabuza, and he took the others and quickly went to the Great Elder to apologize.
In recent years, the Fourth Mizukage Yagura found Isofi and became his Jinchūriki.
In the past two years, he has gradually been able to perfectly control the tailed beasts and has begun major reforms.
The power of the chief elder gradually shrank, and the village was clearly divided into two factions.
On one side is the Mizukage faction represented by Yagura, and on the other side is the Elder faction represented by the Great Elder.
The Great Elder is good at intelligence and has brought countless opportunities to Kirigakure.
However, he is very wary of the bloodline limit families and advocates weakening the power of the bloodline families in the Water Country.
The Mizukage is personally strong, but conservative in his thinking and advocates peaceful handling of relations with the bloodline families.
After Qing reported the mission, he knelt on the ground and waited for the decision from the Great Elder.
The Great Elder had a cold expression on his face, as if he had already anticipated Qing’s failure.
“In that case, throw Zabuza into the assassination unit for some training.”
“As for you, you’ll be put in solitary confinement for a year.”
“Thank you, Great Elder!”
This punishment was already very light, even sending Zabuza into the assassination team could be considered a reward.
Compared to other punishments in Kirigakure, one year of confinement is nothing.
Aoki and Zabuza were quickly taken away.
The space behind the Great Elder distorted, and Obito, wearing a mask, appeared.
The Great Elder leaned back and said, “Master Ban, Qing has been controlled.”
Obito nodded and imitated the voice and said:
“Yakura is becoming more and more of a threat to us now.”
“What are you going to do, my Lord?”
“My people are almost here. They will lure out Yagura in seven days.”
“As you command, Madara-sama.”
There are many masters in the Hidden Mist, and the bloodline limit families are all difficult characters.
I can’t use it! Clear all!
Seven days later.
Obito brought Pain, Tendou, and Konan to the entrance of the Hidden Mist Village. Seeing this, Yagura immediately drew his weapon:
“Who are you?!”
The Kamui eyes in Obito’s eyes spun wildly, and the huge force instantly nailed Yagura to the spot.
In an instant, Yagura lost consciousness.
At the gate of Konoha Village.
Jiraiya, tall and strong with white hair, looked up at the Uchiha territory, which had been renovated by the Third Hokage.
The former Uchiha houses are gone, only circles of walls remain.
The Uchiha’s new territory has been moved to a farther place.
“Uchiha Kawasaki, Kaleidoscope…”
Jiraiya chewed on the name and walked into Konoha Village.
Chapter 46 Jiraiya! (Old version)
Uchiha Territory.
“Lord Kawasaki, news just came from the Hyuga family.”
Uchiha Qiming came to report.
“Jiraiya has returned to the village.”
Kawasaki, who was checking the defensive detection barrier, stood up.
It is beneficial to be on good terms with the Hyuga family. Any movement by the outer patrol team will be reported to the Uchiha family immediately.
“Got it. I’ll leave the follow-up inspection to you.”
Kawasaki has handed over the daily maintenance of the defensive reconnaissance barrier to Qiming.
After Qiming, Yizhi and Daichi became familiar with the barrier.
Kawasaki also selected several talented members of the tribe and trained them so that they could be rotated in the future.
Kawasaki knew Jiraiya very well.
After all, it is the ceiling before the combat power collapses. If Pain had not been instigated by the toad to become paranoid and seek death, he probably would not have attacked Konoha so easily.
But his private life problems are too serious. If the Third Hokage recalls Jiraiya, Jiraiya will definitely go to see Naruto.
Since Kawasaki has already helped Naruto, he naturally cannot let Jiraiya lead Naruto astray.
Kawasaki jumped a few times and headed towards the guard team.
Soon after, he walked out of the guard and put away the scroll in his hand.
“Old man, I’m back.”
Jiraiya carelessly climbed into the Hokage’s office through the window.
The Third Hokage had already received the news of Jiraiya’s return.
He was already used to Jiraiya’s casual attitude.
The Third Hokage didn’t even raise his head, still processing official documents:
“Any news about Orochimaru?”
Seeing that the Sandai ignored him, Jiraiya wrinkled his nose.
Although nominally pursuing Orochimaru, he later became lazy and went around soaking in hot springs collecting materials.
He sat diagonally on the chair and leaned back:
“No, I only know that he ran north, but I don’t know his exact location.”
At this time, the Third Hokage raised his head, lit his pipe and took a deep breath.
He said a little tiredly:
“Konoha is in troubled times. Now that you’re back, don’t leave.”
Looking at the increasingly aging face of the Third Generation, Jiraiya also put away his smile.
In just a few years, the Third Hokage seemed to have aged ten years.
The former ninja heroes are gone.
Teacher, you are really old.
“Old man, how come you are so old?”
Jiraiya’s tone was complicated, a little sad, a little worried, and a little angry.
When the Third Hokage heard this, he got angry and banged his pipe on the table.
“It’s because you don’t want to shoulder this burden, otherwise why would I be so old?”
Jiraiya heard this and scratched his head embarrassedly:
“Old man, you know I don’t like doing this.”
The Third Generation understood Jiraiya’s character and stopped dwelling on the matter, but asked directly about Uchiha.
“Did you see the new Uchiha territory when you came back?”
Jiraiya nodded, “Why did they move so far away?”
The third generation said helplessly: “The oppression of the Uchiha in the past was too great, and coupled with Danzo’s actions, the Uchiha now do not want to have anything to do with Konoha.”
About how Danzo coveted Uchiha Shisui, dug out his eyes, and almost caused the entire Uchiha clan to rebel.
After such a long time, it finally spread throughout the entire ninja world.
Now even the most remote countries have heard about this, and Konoha’s Hokage family has become a laughing stock in all ninja villages.
Jiraiya naturally heard the news as well, and he had never had a good impression of Danzo.
Even when it came to Orochimaru’s betrayal, Jiraiya guessed that Danzo had something to do with it.
But that old fox Danzo hid too deeply, and Jiraiya couldn’t catch any clues from him.
Fortunately, the Sandaime has already ordered the disbanding of the Root organization.
“But it’s not appropriate to let the Uchiha clan live alone outside the village now.”
The Sandaime spread his hands helplessly:
“There’s nothing we can do now. The Uchiha clan just gave us a ‘big gift’ and they didn’t explicitly say they wanted to rebel.”
“They even handed over the power of the guard. What reason do you have to let them move back to the village?”
Jiraiya scratched his head. He was never good at this kind of thing:
“There’s nothing I can do if I come back.”
The Sandaime shook his head:
“The Uchiha clan now has two pairs of Mangekyō Sharingan. No one in Konoha can control them.”
“kaleidoscope…”
As one of the three ninjas, Jiraiya naturally knew the power of the Mangekyo.
“Old man, you don’t want me to test Uchiha Kawasaki, do you?”
Jiraiya asked.
The Sandaime Hokage glanced at Jiraiya:
“Do you want me to do it myself?”
Jiraiya could only agree reluctantly:
“Okay, I’ll find a chance.”
“I’m going out for a stroll!”
Before he finished speaking, without waiting for the Sandai to respond, he jumped out of the window.
“There’s a pervert!”
Screams rang out and countless women poured out of the hot spring hotel.
Jiraiya said he wanted to go out for a walk, but he ended up going to a hot spring hotel and spying on the waitresses, looking for inspiration for his book.
I didn’t expect that there was someone from the Hyuga family inside, and he was immediately discovered.
Jiraiya could only run away immediately.
The news that a peeping Tom had appeared in the hot spring hotel spread quickly.
The Hyuga Guard who were patrolling nearby arrived quickly.
I saw a man in red clothes and white hair being chased by a large group of people.
“Damn you Peeping Tom!”
“Catch him!”
When Hyuga Yuto, who was on patrol, found his sister in the crowd, his heart tightened and he hurriedly chased after her.
“Aiko, what happened?!”
Hinata Aiko turned around and saw that it was her brother. She didn’t stop and kept explaining while running.
“My friends and I came to the hot spring to relax, and suddenly we heard a disgusting laugh… I rolled my eyes and saw that this guy was hiding in the corner and peeping at us bathing!”
Hinata Yuuto is furious!
It’s been a long time since Konoha had such a pervert. Do you think our security team is transparent?!
Chapter 47: Confrontation with Kawasaki! (Old version)
So he chased after him relentlessly.
But the man in front was agile and left the ordinary people behind with just a few jumps.
Only Hyuga Yuto, his sister, and his teammates were left behind.
Several people were climbing walls and climbing over rooftops. Seeing the figure in front of them getting farther and farther away, several members of the Root Organization suddenly blocked their way.
They could only watch the Peeping Tom slip away.
“Nakamura Kazuya, what do you mean?!”
Hinata Yuto was furious that his own sister was being spied on.
As a member of the security team, I let someone escape. This is such a disgrace!
The person who came was none other than Nakamura Kazuya, the one Danzo had wanted to use to infiltrate the security force in order to seize power.
Unexpectedly, Uchiha Fugaku only let him be responsible for patrolling, and later when Hyuga Hizashi came to power, he did not give him any chance.
He pinned them to their patrol positions and made them unable to do anything. Even Danzo often questioned him.
Now that there is a chance to cause some trouble for the Hyuga family, why not do it.
“Hinata Yuto, this is our Root organization’s patrol area! Everything here is under the jurisdiction of our team!”
“Your Root Organization has been disbanded by the Hokage! And you still call yourself the Root Organization!”
Hinata Yuto said dissatisfiedly.
After hearing this, the three Root Organization members gathered around with gloomy faces.
Hinata Yuto said sternly, “I think you let the peeping Tom go on purpose! I’m going to complain to Lord Hizashi about you!”
Nakamura Kazuya showed a provocative expression on his face: “Go ahead, go ahead. Do you know who you were chasing just now?”
Hyuga Yuto frowned, “No one can be a peeping Tom!”
Nakamura Kazuya laughed:
“That man is one of the legendary three ninjas, Jiraiya! Let’s see what you Hyuga family can do to him.”
Hinata Yuto’s face froze, full of disbelief: “What did you say? That’s Lord Jiraiya?!”
His worldview collapsed, and he only knew that Jiraiya was the hero of Konoha and one of the three ninjas.
I didn’t expect Jiraiya to have such terrible personal qualities in private, he’s actually a peeping Tom!
Nakamura Kazuya and others laughed loudly. They felt very happy to see the Hyuga family being humiliated.
The Hyuga people were angry but dared not say anything, and Hyuga Aiko could only swallow her anger.
At this moment, a figure appeared behind Nakamura Kazuya and kicked him off the roof.
He grabbed the remaining two men with both hands and slammed them hard.
With one last look, the last Root member also fell to the ground.
“As long as it’s a public security issue, it’s the responsibility of the police force. There’s no distinction between people who break the law.”
Kawasaki stared at Nakamura Kazuya coldly:
“As for you, I think your position has reached its limit. Your Root organization has been disbanded by the Hokage, yet you are still so arrogant.”
“It’s Lord Kawasaki!”
Everyone in Hyuga was overjoyed, but Uchiha Kawasaki was fearless.
Nakamura Kazuya rolled on the ground for a few times and coughed up blood:
“Uchiha Kawasaki, you’re not on the security team! It’s not your turn to take care of this!”
Kawasaki chuckled:
“I knew someone would intervene and do this on purpose.”
As he spoke, he took out a scroll from his arms.
When I unfolded it, it clearly read:
“Appoint Uchiha Kawasaki as patrol captain of the security team.”
Nakamura Kazuya panted:
“Even if you’re from the patrol team, you can’t do anything to Jiraiya, one of the three ninjas.”
The Hyuga family members felt sad and unwilling when they heard this. Yes, Jiraiya, what could they use to fight against him?
Kawasaki grinned:
“I, Kawasaki, specialize in treating all kinds of dissatisfaction. If you don’t believe me, let’s give it a try.”
He waved to Hyuga Yuto and the others:
“Which direction did Jiraiya run?”
The bodies of Hyuga Yuto and the others were shocked. Uchiha Kawasaki was a fearless person. Could it be? !
If it was Uchiha Kawasaki.
Several people hurriedly replied:
“Jiraiya went that way.”
Looking in the direction they pointed, hey, there seems to be a hot spring hotel over there as well.
It’s really hard to change one’s nature. Even when running away, he still doesn’t forget to plan his next route.
“Okay, I get it. Do you want to come with me or go back to your own area?”
Hinata Aiko and Yuto looked at each other and said:
“Sir, we want to follow.”
Kawasaki nodded and waved for the other Hyuga family members to go back to work.
He ran straight with his beloved son and brave man, and it seemed that they knew their destination.
Hinata and the other two were a little confused, but they didn’t ask and just followed Kawasaki silently.
In less than a few minutes, Kawasaki suddenly stopped.
I saw a misbehaving white-haired old man hiding in the corner and peeping, his target was the women’s bathroom.
“Hey, … hehehe… hehehe…”
Jiraiya laughed obscenely and took out the small notebook he carried with him to take notes.
Kawasaki threw the shuriken without saying a word, and Jiraiya was scared!
Ninjutsu, Needle Jizo!
His long white hair instantly became long and hard, wrapping him completely.
Ding…ding…
With two crisp sounds, the shuriken was bounced away.
Jiraiya was furious. Was this going to kill him? !
“What the hell are you doing?!”
Kawasaki shouted loudly:
“You shameless fellow, how dare you spy on the women’s bathroom in broad daylight! I am tired of living like this!”
The sound was as loud as thunder, echoing throughout the commercial street of Konoha Village.
People gathered around and the women’s bathroom suddenly exploded!
“Oops!”
Jiraiya saw the crowd rushing towards him and hurriedly tried to find a way to escape.
But Kawasaki was tightly blocked from beginning to end.
Jiraiya was extremely angry. How many people would come to watch the fun if this continued?
Then he started fighting with Kawasaki.
Jiraiya’s punches and kicks came with great force, and he still had room for maneuver at the beginning.
After realizing that he had no way to deal with Kawasaki, he began to give it his all.
Chapter 48 The Sandaime’s helplessness! (Old version)
But Kawasaki just defended and did not attack, and managed to trap Jiraiya in place.
Seeing that the guards were gathering in larger and larger numbers and the villagers were gathering in larger and larger numbers, Jiraiya could hardly hold on any longer.
He even saw members of the Anbu hiding in the corner, but they did not show up because they recognized him.
He stopped his action anxiously and said to Kawasaki: “Hey, kid, let me go, I am Jiraiya.”
Unexpectedly, Kawasaki didn’t buy it at all. Seeing more and more people gathering around him, he simply started shouting loudly.
“Villagers of Konoha Village, beware. The man in front of you is a pervert who peeks into the women’s bathroom.”
“And he is none other than one of the famous three ninjas from our village, Jiraiya!”
“What?! Master Jiraiya is actually a pervert?”
“Hey? Is this Jiraiya-sama?”
“Oh, how disgusting, Jiraiya is actually this kind of person.”
Jiraiya’s expression suddenly changed. The Uchiha clan member in front of him actually knew him.
It seems that all this must have been premeditated!
“As a big shot in Konoha Village and a disciple of the Third Hokage, he actually did such a dirty thing.”
“As the patrol leader of the security team, I was unable to arrest him because of his identity.”
Kawasaki looked heartbroken!
“I can only remind you here that when you go out to bathe, please keep your eyes open.”
“It’s best to avoid places where Jiraiya is, otherwise your wife, children and sisters may be spied on by him.”
The crowd of onlookers grew larger and larger, with whispers rising and falling.
“That’s really disgusting. I’ll definitely stay away from Jiraiya next time I see him.”
“You must not take a bath where Jiraiya is, or else you will definitely be seen.”
“It’s disgusting that the Third Hokage’s disciple would behave like this.”
“The guards are so miserable. They encounter big shots like this and can’t catch them. They can only stop them like this.”
Jiraiya’s face turned pale and blue.
In the past, when he peeped into the bathroom, even if he was caught, he would be chased and beaten.
Ordinary people couldn’t catch up with him, and those who could were deterred by his status, and in the end, nothing happened.
He didn’t expect to run into such a tough guy now, and actually exposed him to the public! He suspected that this was a conspiracy!
“Who the hell are you, kid? Why are you targeting me?!”
Jiraiya felt a mixture of embarrassment and anger.
“I?!”
Kawasaki took out the appointment scroll.
“I am Uchiha Kawasaki, the patrol captain of the security team, responsible for public security issues.”
“Because you are the disciple of the Third Hokage, we cannot catch you. We can only remind all women not to let you succeed!”
“You are Uchiha Kawasaki!”
Jiraiya was shocked. He finally understood why the Third Generation said that this person was difficult to deal with.
Now he is completely unable to cope with it. He can neither fight nor run away.
Kawasaki continued to fire at Jiraiya.
“What do you mean by deliberately targeting? Isn’t it true that you were spying on me?”
“Hinata Aiko! You come and testify!”
Hinata Aiko felt her blood boiling.
“Yes! I’ll be your witness! Just now when we were taking a shower, this Jiraiya was peeping outside the wall!”
After saying this, Hinata Aiko felt uneasy. She was such a small figure, so it should be okay for her to offend Jiraiya, right?
“You! Me!”
Jiraiya was speechless at this moment.
Kawasaki said at the right moment: “Everyone can see clearly that the victim’s name is Hinata Aiko, and today she bravely stood up and accused the big shots in the village.”
“If something bad happens to Hyuga Aiko one day, it must be Jiraiya’s fault!”
“Don’t be afraid, Aizi! The villagers have sharp eyes! Our guard team will guarantee your safety!”
“Even if three generations are held accountable, our guard will definitely stand by you!”
The surrounding villagers were indignant. What kind of three ninjas are these? They are clearly perverts who take advantage of their power to bully others!
Kawasaki’s goal certainly did not stop there. He also turned his attention to the Anbu around him.
“Attention, fellow villagers, there are ANBU members all around.”
The Anbu were startled, wondering why the target was turned against us.
“Why are there people snooping around, but the ANBU don’t care! Because it’s the big shot Jiraiya!”
“They can’t deal with Jiraiya, they can only deal with the victim!”
“As long as no one comes forward to provide evidence, Jiraiya will always be at large!”
Jiraiya really couldn’t bear it anymore. How could this person have such a poisonous mouth? He rushed out desperately.
But when he cannot use ninjutsu, his taijutsu is slightly stronger than Kawasaki’s.
But they were unable to break through Kawasaki who was defending with all their strength.
Kawasaki continued to shout loudly while passively defending himself.
“Look everyone, the criminal Jiraiya is trying to escape! If we let him get away this time, the matter will be left unresolved again!”
“Why is he still at large? Because someone is protecting him!”
“The ANBU have been here for so long! Didn’t anyone inform the Third Hokage? Of course not!”
“That’s because the Third Hokage is protecting his peeping Tom apprentice!”
Kawasaki’s mouth was like a loud speaker. He kept talking while also being busy defending himself.
He kept yelling, “Oh my, Jiraiya hit someone! The Third Hokage allowed his apprentice to peek!”
The villagers along the way were talking about it, and their dissatisfaction was visibly rising.
Jiraiya became more and more anxious, and his attacks became more and more ruthless!
An old voice shouted.
Jiraiya stopped abruptly. But Kawasaki’s performance was not over yet.
“Villagers of Konoha, remember, beware of Jiraiya! Puu…”
Kawasaki even pretended to spit out blood.
The villagers looked at Uchiha Kawasaki with concern and sympathy for him who stood up for them.
Look at this member of the Uchiha Guard, how dedicated he is…
They have endured so much hardship and fatigue for us ordinary people.
At this time, the Third Hokage jumped into the crowd and Jiraiya looked at him with embarrassment.
Her toenails had almost dug the clogs into a work of art, and her eyes suggested that he had come at a wrong time.
The third generation Hokage rolled his eyes and thought: I have to come, otherwise where will I put my face as Hokage!
This guy Kawasaki always likes to do weird things, and every time he catches people off guard.
He just said he would always support me, but as soon as he came back he started throwing dirty water on me.
Chapter 49 Kawasaki’s tactics! (Old version)
“Kawasaki! What on earth are you doing? How did you become the captain of the security team?!”
Kawasaki wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth.
“Only a few of us in the Uchiha family are on the guard team. I want to see the daily work of the guard team today.”
“In order to avoid affecting my colleagues in law enforcement, I specifically applied for a position in the security team.”
Seeing that the Third Hokage had already left, Kawasaki felt that the time was almost right, so he spoke loudly.
“Since the Third Hokage has personally come forward to protect your apprentice Jiraiya!”
“Then there’s nothing I, a small security captain, can do!”
The third generation Hokage’s face darkened. When did he ever say he would protect Jiraiya!
He had noticed that the looks from the villagers around him were not very friendly.
The Hokage quickly explained: “Kawasaki, what are you talking about! I don’t mean to defend Jiraiya!”
Kawasaki said doubtfully:
“Then Hokage-sama, the Anbu had already discovered this, but you only came now. Could it be that you deliberately let Jiraiya go?”
The Hokage really wanted to drag Kawasaki out and behead him, asking even though he knew the answer!
“That’s not the case! I was just dealing with official business and I came a little late.”
Ahem, the Hokage cleared his throat. Things had come to this point, so Jiraiya had no choice but to sacrifice.
“Although Jiraiya is my apprentice, I just found out that he has this habit.”
“Since you have done something wrong, you should be punished accordingly!”
Jiraiya’s face turned pale, he never thought there would be such an embarrassing day.
It’s just peeping, the punishment won’t be too severe, but it’s very embarrassing.
It was one thing for him to be thick-skinned, but it was another thing entirely for him to be punished publicly in front of so many fellow villagers.
Kawasaki said loudly:
“If that’s the case, then you’re wrongly blaming the Third Hokage!”
“We have someone at the scene today accusing Jiraiya. Lord Hokage, can you guarantee that the witness will not be retaliated against?”
Jiraiya gritted his teeth and glared at Kawasaki.
Although he is lustful, he never seeks revenge. This Kawasaki is really
The third generation clenched his hands tightly in his sleeves.
“Don’t worry, Kawasaki. I guarantee in the name of the Hokage that the witness will never be harmed and will receive compensation!”
Kawasaki said to the people around him with satisfaction at this time.
“Look everyone, how reasonable our Hokage is.”
“Even when his apprentice made a mistake, he did not cover it up, and he also protected and compensated the witnesses. Hokage-sama is wise!”
“Hokage-sama is so wise!”
“Hokage-sama is so kind!”
“Hokage-sama is fair and impartial.”
The Third Hokage could only barely keep a fake smile on his face at the praises from all around him, and nodded to everyone.
At this time, Kawasaki poked Hyuga Yuto and asked in a low voice:
“Hey, Yuto, what do you do about peeping?”
Hinata Yuto was stunned by Kawasaki’s actions. Seeing that no one was paying attention, he quietly told Kawasaki.
“Lord Kawasaki, peeping will result in fifteen days of detention and a public apology.”
Kawasaki nodded and cleared his throat.
“Ahem, thank you for your support, Hokage. Jiraiya must be detained for fifteen days according to public security regulations for peeping into the women’s bathroom!”
Kawasaki walked up to Jiraiya and waved his hand:
“Master Jiraiya, please.”
Jiraiya looked back at the Hokage’s face that was as gloomy as the bottom of a pot, and could only silently follow Kawasaki and leave the crowd.
Unexpectedly, Kawasaki handed Jiraiya over to Hinata Yuto after just a few steps.
Hinata Yuto was so scared that he didn’t know where to put his hands and feet. This was Jiraiya.
Seeing Hinata Yuto shrinking back, Kawasaki whispered to him.
“Don’t worry, Jiraiya can’t run away, and you performed well today. Go back and tell Hizashi, he will reward you.”
With Kawasaki’s assurance, Hyuga Yuu felt much more at ease. He nodded vigorously and led Jiraiya towards the guard team.
The Third Hokage, who was now surrounded by villagers, just stood there and kept reiterating.
He had no idea what Jiraiya had done, and he had never covered up for Jiraiya.
Kawasaki then shouted loudly: “Third-generation Hokage!”
The third generation is trembling all over. What tricks will Kawasaki play next?
Kawasaki then said, “Hokage-sama, our guard’s detention center is very rudimentary.”
“I’m afraid we can’t keep Jiraiya captive. He might run away in a couple of days! What do you think we should do?”
The eyes of the surrounding villagers were filled with even more doubt.
Yes, the security force is a small place that cannot hold such a big shot. If he runs away, no one will be kept in the dark.
The third Hokage forced a smile and said, “Don’t worry, Kawasaki. Jiraiya will definitely accept the punishment and will never dare to escape from prison!”
“If he dares to escape from prison! As the Hokage, I will immediately label Jiraiya a traitor! Please keep an eye on him at all times!”
The villagers were pleased with what the Hokage said.
There were shouts of support and cheers.
“There are still many government affairs to be dealt with in the village, so I will go ahead.”
The Third Hokage squeezed out of the crowd somewhat awkwardly.
In my mind, I once again listed Kawasaki as the most difficult person, no doubt about it.
Kawasaki ignored the third generation and turned to look at Jiraiya, the one he had publicly punished, and met Jiraiya’s gaze.
Boy! Wait till I come out, or I’ll punish you!
Jiraiya! Your reputation is ruined, how can you still be Naruto’s master!
Inside the Guard’s holding cell, the Hokage stared at Jiraiya through the bars, anger boiling inside him.
I originally wanted Jiraiya to come back to contain the Uchiha clan.
As a result, its reputation was ruined before it was even put to any use.
“Jiraiya, what the hell are you doing! How can you survive in Konoha now?!”
Jiraiya was also very frustrated:
“Who knew I would run into Uchiha Kawasaki? Normally, no one can catch me.”
The Hokage slapped the fence with his hand, and there was a dull thud:
“I don’t care what you do outside, but you have to curb these bad habits in Konoha.”
Jiraiya muttered: “You also used the telescope technique to spy…”
“Ahem!”
The Hokage interrupted Jiraiya with a serious cough.
Looking back, I saw the Anbu members standing guard from a distance.
The Hokage picked up his pipe and said in a serious tone:
“Anyway, you stay here for fifteen days and wait until the storm is over.”
“If you run away without permission, it will be troublesome. Just bear with it.”
Jiraiya had heard Kawasaki’s pressure earlier and knew that he couldn’t avoid going to jail this time.
Chapter 50: Sasuke and Naruto! Senior Kawasaki! Master! (Old version)
“Then old man, bring me some wine…”
“knew…”
The Third Hokage agreed as he walked out.
Since the departure of the third generation, Kawasaki has stepped into the guard.
But he didn’t go looking for Jiraiya, he had other targets – Hizashi.
During the time when Fugaku was the captain of the guard, he would occasionally visit the site in person.
As for the daily guard, he is in the guard team almost every day, taking care of all matters, big and small.
When Kawasaki arrived, he happened to see Hinata Yuto who was about to leave after reporting his work.
He patted Hyuga Yuto’s shoulder gently and said, “Well done, young man.”
Hinata Yuto looked a little shy and touched his head.
“Lord Kawasaki, I will take my leave now.”
Kawasaki’s eyes rolled and he had an idea.
Then he whispered something in Hinata Yuto’s ear.
Hinata Yuto nodded and agreed: “Don’t worry, Lord Kawasaki, just leave it to me.”
Kawasaki waved and walked into the house without knocking.
I saw Hiashi concentrating on the report document in his hand.
“Hi, you look pretty good.”
Hizashi looked up and saw that it was Kawasaki, and he also laughed.
When they first met, Kawasaki called him “Hizashi-sama”
, so respectful that it is unbelievable.
But after getting to know each other, Kawasaki’s unreliable nature became apparent and he was not serious with anyone.
However, Hizashi didn’t mind, as the Hyuga and Uchiha families were currently in their honeymoon period.
In the last incident in the Hidden Cloud Village, it was thanks to Kawasaki’s intervention, otherwise Hiashi might have messed things up.
If that happens, the Hyuga clan will be in real trouble.
Maybe even his brother or his own life would be lost.
“Kawasaki, you stole the show today.”
Kawasaki waved his hands and pretended to be relaxed: “It was purely an accident. Who would have thought that Jiraiya would do something like this as soon as he came back.”
“I am also standing up for the people.”
I don’t believe you, Kawasaki. You are from the Uchiha clan and you are very cunning.
Didn’t you come to me today specifically to entrust me with a scroll, just to cause trouble for Jiraiya?
Jiraiya has a lot of gossips about him. He travels everywhere and parties every night. He really lives up to his reputation.
Wherever you go, finding girls and drinking heavily become compulsory courses.
And wherever he went, the bathhouse would blacklist him.
Not only that, Jiraiya also writes novels and draws comics.
The novel is serious, but I’m not sure whether the comic is serious or not.
However, the head is determined by the butt, and in the past, Hizashi only treated Jiraiya’s romantic affairs as a joke.
Now as the captain of the guard, Hizashi had to take measures against Jiraiya’s behavior.
You are a big shot, it’s okay for you to act foolishly outside.
It’s a bit too much to still be like this after returning to the village. Even rabbits don’t eat grass near their burrows.
Moreover, among the victims this time there are members of the Hyuga clan.
If Hiashi shows up, things will get tricky.
After all, Jiraiya’s identity is there.
But it was different when Kawasaki took action, which probably left a psychological trauma on Jiraiya.
Jiraiya, the toad sage who was a disciple of the Third Hokage and one of the Three Ninjas, was caught peeping into a woman’s bathroom and his act was exposed to the public.
While thinking, Hizashi asked, “Kawasaki, why did you do this this time?”
Kawasaki shook his head, “No particular reason, I just can’t stand such behavior, even from Jiraiya.”
Hizashi looked at Kawasaki deeply, said “Oh”, and did not express his opinion.
“Also, I caught Nakamura Kazuya from the Root Organization today. He actually dared to hinder me from enforcing the law.”
“You can take this opportunity to fire him. This way, the rest of the Root team won’t be able to cause any trouble.”
Hiashi nodded in agreement. Nakamura Kazuya had been eager to win over the guards.
However, the structure of the Hyuga main family and branch family is like an iron plate, and outsiders cannot penetrate it at all.
However, such a restless person is always a problem. Since I have seized the opportunity, I might as well fire him.
Kawasaki took out the commission scroll:
“Captain Hiashi, I think the Guard Corps is interesting, but I’m really too busy. I’ll quit first.”
Hizashi was at a loss whether to laugh or cry. Everyone knew that Kawasaki was just here for fun.
“Okay, put it here.”
Many people outside speculated that Kawasaki’s move was intended to undermine the prestige of the Hokage faction.
But only Kawasaki himself understood that he just didn’t want Naruto to be adversely affected.
Those behaviors that take pleasure in vulgarity seem stupid and disgusting to Kawasaki.
Kawasaki walked towards the Konoha Ninja School and along the way heard many people talking about Jiraiya’s arrest.
When I arrived at the ninja school, I found that school had been over for a while.
The guard standing guard nearby was from the Hyuga clan: “Where’s Sasuke?”
The Hyuga clan member quickly bowed and replied:
“Reporting to Lord Kawasaki, Sasuke just went towards Hachimae with Naruto.”
“Okay, go ahead and get busy.”
Kawasaki followed Eighth Street and indeed found the two little guys.
Each of them held a skewer of takoyaki in their hands, and Naruto had more living expenses.
The whole person no longer has an inferiority complex and looks very energetic.
“Naruto, Sasuke, you guys are here.”
Naruto heard a familiar voice and looked up in surprise: “Kawasaki-senpai!”
Sasuke politely called out, “Master.”
Kawasaki gently tapped Sasuke’s forehead with his finger:
“I heard that you got first place in the test this week. You are worthy of being a child of our Uchiha family. Sasuke is awesome.”
Sasuke felt both proud and a little shy when he heard this straightforward compliment.
With a stern face, he said proudly: “As Master’s disciple, I naturally cannot embarrass Master.”
Naruto looked at Sasuke with envy, a glimmer in his eyes…